Some items in the TriCollege Libraries Digital Collections may be under copyright. Copyright information may be available in the Rights Status field listed in this item record (below). Ultimate responsibility for assessing copyright status and for securing any necessary permission rests exclusively with the user. Please see the Reproductions and Access page for more information.
SW ARTH M O RE
C O LLEG E
B U L L E T IN
mm
- ÌN THE LIBRARY
The Bulletin , of which this publication is Volume LXII, No. 1, is published
in September, October, December, June and semi-monthly in April by
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania.
Second class postage paid at Swarthmore, Pennsylvania.
Photographs by Grant Compton, Business Week; Grant Heilman, Harry
Hlatky, Lawrence S. Williams, Inc., and Swarthmore College News Office.
(Primed in U.S .A .)
Clothier Memorial
Parrish H all
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
BULLETIN
CATALOGUE ISSUE
1964-1965
SWARTHMORE, PENNSYLVANIA
Volume LXII
Number 1
September 1964
D irections for Correspondence
For information about:
GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY
Courtney Smith, President
ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLARSHIPS
Frederick A. Hargadon, Dean of Admissions
RECORDS, TRANSCRIPTS AND CATALOGUES
John M. Moore, Registrar
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Edward K. Cratsley, Vice-President
G. Caroline Shero, Assistant Controller
VOCATIONAL PLACEMENT AND GUIDANCE
Virginia Bullitt, Acting Director
ALUMNI AFFAIRS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
Joseph B. Shane, Vice-President
GENERAL INFORMATION
Maralyn Orbison Gillespie, Director of News Office
The Rhodes Scholarship Trust
The Rhodes Scholarship Trust maintains an office in this country for the purpose of
administering the selection of American Rhodes Scholars and conducting the affairs of
the Rhodes Scholarships in the United States. This office was located at Swarthmore
College during the presidency of Dr. Frank Aydelotte, who served as the first American
Secretary. On the occasion of the appointment of Courtney Smith to the American
Secretaryship this office was located in Princeton, N. J., and returned to Swarthmore
when Dr. Smith took up his duties as president of the College in September 1953.
American Secretary of the Rhodes Scholarships, Courtney Smith
Deputy Secretary, Gilmore Stott
Secretary, Elsa Palmer Jenkins
Table of Contents
Calendar ....................................................................................................................
Personnel ..................................................................................................................
The Corporation and The Board of M anagers...............................................
Alumni Association Officers and Alumni C ouncil.........................................
The Faculty ........................................................................................................
Divisions and Departments ..............................................................................
Standing Committees..........................................................................................
Administrative Officers and Assistants ...........................................................
Introduction to Swarthmore Co l l e g e ............................................................
Admission ..........................................................................................................
Expenses ..............................................................................................................
Financial Aid and Scholarships ........................................................................
Educational Resources................................................................; ......................
College Life ......................................................................................................
Student Community ..........................................................................................
The Educational Program ................................................................................
Program for Freshmen and Sophomores..........................................................
Program for Juniors and Seniors......................................................................
Reading for Honors ..........................................................................................
Pre-Medical Program ..........................................................................................
Faculty Regulations ............................................................................................
Requirements for Graduation ..........................................................................
Advanced D egrees..............................................................................................
Awards and P riz es..............................................................................................
Fellowships..........................................................................................................
Courses of I nstruction ......................................................................................
Astronomy...........................................................................................
Biology .......................................................................................
Chemistry ............................................................................................................
Classics .................................................................................................................
Economics............................................................................................................
Engineering..........................................................................................................
English Literature ..............................................................................................
Fine A rts ..............................................................................................................
History ................................................................................................................
International Relations................................................................... J ..................
Mathematics ......................................................................................................
Modern Languages and Literatures.................................................................
Music ..................................................................................................................
Philosophy and R eligion.................................................................
Physical Education for M e n ..............................................................................
Physical Education for Women ........................................................................
Physics ................................................................................................................
Political Science ................................................................................................
Psychology and Education ................................................................................
Russian Studies ................................................................................................
Reference Section ................................................................................................
Visiting Examiners..............................................................................................
Degrees Conferred ............................................................................................
Awards and Distinctions ..................................................................................
Enrollment Statistics ........................................................................................
Index ..................................................................................................................
Plan of College G ro u n d s ....................................................................................
3
Page
4
7
8
IX
13
20
21
22
25
28
32
33
42
47
50
54
57
58
59
61
64
66
66
68
69
71
72
74
80
84
87
90
101
105
108
112
113
116
123
126
131
132
134
137
142
147
149
150
152
155
157
158
163
1964
s
M
4
5
1 1 12
18 19
25 26
OCTO BER
s
T w
T F
1 2
3
8
6
7
9 10
13 14 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24
27 ¿ 8 29 30 31
NOVEM BER
8
8
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 2 0 21
2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28
29 30
6
13
20
27
8
M
T
W
T
F
DECEMBER
8
T F
M T w
4
5
1 2
3
8
9 10 11 12
7
14 15 16 17 18 19
21 22 23 24 25 26
28 29 3 0 31
1965
8
M
JANU ARY
T w
T
3
4
5
6
7
10 1 1 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
24 25 26 27 28
31
8
M
4
5
1 1 12
18 19
25 26
8
M
4
5
1 1 12
18 19
2 5 26
8
M
F
8
1 2
8
9
15 16
22 23
29 30
A P R IL
T w
T F
8
1 2
3
6
7
8
9 10
13 14 15 16 17
20 21 2 2 23 24
27 28 29 30
JU LY
T w
T ■F 8
1 2
3
6
7
8
9 10
13 14 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30 31
OCTO BER
T W T
4
3
5
6
7
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
24 25 26 27 28
31
F
s
1 2
8
9
15 16
22 23
29 3 0
FEBRUARY
8
M T W T F
6
4
5
1 2
3
7
9 10 11 12 13
8
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28
8
8
2
9
16
23
30
M
T
MAY
W T
7
14
20
28
7
14
21
28
MARCH
8
T F
M T w
6
4
5
1 2 3
9 10 11 12 13
8
15 16 17 18 19 20
2 2 23 24 25 26 27
29 30 31
JU NE
F
3
4
5
6
7
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
2 4 25 26 27 28
31
8
1
8
15
22
29
AUGUST
8
8
M T W T F
6
7
1 2
3
4
5
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 2 7 28
29 30 31
s
8
NOVEM BER
8
M T w
T F
4
6
3
5
1 2
8
9 1Ò 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 24 25 26 27
29 3 0
8
M
6
7
13 14
20 21
27 28
8
5
12
19
26
8
5
12
19
26
8
T F
T w
4
5
1 2
3
8
9 10 1 1 12
15 16 17 18 19
22 23 24 25 26
29 3 0
SE PTE M BER
8
T F
M T W
3
4
1 2
9 10 11
6
7
8
13 14 15 16 17 18
20 21 2 2 23 24 25
2 7 28 29 3 0
DECEMBER
8
T F
M T w
4
3
1 2
9 10 11
6
7
8
13 14 15 16 17 18
20 21 2 2 23 24 2 5
27 28 29 3 0 31
1966
JANU ARY
s
2
9
16
23
30
M
T
w
T
4
5
6
7
3
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
24 25 26 27 28
31
s
1
8
15
22
29
8
6
13
20
27
M
T
M
T
w
W
T
1 2
3
7
8
9 10
14 15 16 17
21 22 23 2 4
28
8
F
4
5
11 12
16 19
25 26
s
M
7
6
13 14
20 21
27 28
MAY
A P R IL
s
MARCH
FEBRUARY
F
T
F
s
1 2
4
8
9
3
5
6
7
10 1 1 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 2 5 26 27 28 29 3 0
s
M
T
w
T
F
s
6
7
1 2
4
5
3
8
9 10 1 1 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 2 7 28
29 30 31
s
M
5
6
12 13
19 20
26 27
T
w
T
F
s
1 2
4
5
3
8
9 10 11 12
15 16 17 18 19
22 23 24 25 26
29 30 31
JU NE
w
T
F
s
1 2
3
4
9 10 11
7
8
14 15 16 17 18
21 22 23 24 2 5
28 29 3 0
T
College Calendar
1964
Fall Semester
September
September
September
September
October 6
November
November
December
December
16-19 . .......................Freshman placement days
1 9 ...............................Registration
1 9 ...............................Meeting of honors students
21 ...............................Classes and honors seminars begin
.....................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
3 .................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
26-29 .........................Thanksgiving recess
1 .................................Annual Meeting of the Board of Managers
19 ...............................Christmas recess begins, 12:00 noon
1965
January 4 .....................................Christmas recess ends, 8:00 a. m.
January 4-12 ...............................Reading period for course students
(at the option of the instructor)
January 12 ................ ..................Classes and seminars end
January 13 ...................................Meeting of honors students
January 15 ...................................Registration for spring semester
January 1 8 ................................... Honors seminars begin for spring semester
January 18 ...................................Mid-year examinations begin
January 2 7 ................................... Mid-year examinations end
Spring Semester
February 1 ...................................Classes begin
February 2 ...................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 2
.............................. Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 20 .....................................Spring recess begins, 12:00 noon
March 29 .....................................Spring recess ends, 8:00 a. m.
April 6 .........................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
May 1 ...........................................Honors seminars end
May 3-15 .....................................Reading period for course students
(at the option of the instructor)
May 4 ...........................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
May 1 1 .........................................Written honors examinations begin
May 1 5 .........................................Classes end
May 17 ......................................... Enrollment in classes for fall semester
May 1 9 .........................................Course examinations begin
May 2 2 .........................................Written honors examinations end
May 27-29 ...................................Oral honors examinations
May 2 9 .........................................Course examinations end
May 31-June 2 .............................Senior comprehensive examinations
June 4 ...........................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
June 5 ...........................................Alumni Day
June 6 ........................................... Baccalaureate Day
June 7 .........................................Commencement Day
5
College Calendar (Tentative)
1965
Fall Semester
September 15-18...........................Freshman placement days
September 18 ...............................Registration
September 1 8 ........ ...................... Meeting of honors students
September 20 ...............................Classes and honors seminars begin
October 5 .....................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
November 2 .................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
November 25-27 ...........................Thanksgiving recess
December 7 .................................Annual Meeting of the Board of Managers
December 18 ...............................Christmas recess begins, 12:00 noon.
1966
January 3 .....................................Christmas recess ends, 8:00 a. m.
January 3-11 ...............................Reading period for course students
(at the option of the instructor)
January 11 ...................................Classes and seminars end
January 12 ...................................Meeting of honors students
January 1 4 ............ ......................Registration for spring semester
January 17 ...................................Honors seminars begin for spring semester
January 17 ...................................Mid-year examinations begin
January 26 ...................................Mid-year examinations end
Spring Semester
January 31 ...................................Classes begin
February 1 ................................... Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 1 .......................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 19 .....................................Spring recess begins, 12:00 noon
March 28 .....................................Spring recess ends, 8:00 a. m.
April 5 ......................................... Meeting of the Board of Managers
April 3 0 .......................................Honors seminars end
May 3 ......................................... Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
May 2-14 ..................................... Reading period for course students
(at the option of the instructor)
May 1 0 .........................................Written honors examinations begin
May 1 4 .........................................Classes end
May 1 6 .........................................Enrollment in classes for fall semester
May 1 8 .........................................Course examinations begin
May 21 .........................................Written honors examinations end
May 26-28 ................................... Oral honors examinations
May 2 8 .........................................Course examinations end
May 30-June 1 ............................ Senior comprehensive examinations
June 3 ...........................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
June 4 .......................................... Alumni Day
June 5 .......................................... Baccalaureate Day
June 6 .......................................... Commencement Day
6
The Corporation
Claude C. Smith , Chairman
1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia 10, Pa.
P hilip T, Sharples, Vice-Chairman
23rd and Westmoreland Streets, Philadelphia 40, Pa.
Eleanor Stabler Clarke, Secretary
Crumwald Farm, Wallingford, Pa.
J oseph B. Shane , Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa.
Richard B. W illis, Treasurer
Provident Tradesmens Bank & Trust Co., 17th and Chestnut Streets,
Philadelphia 3, Pa.
Edward K. Cratsley, Assistant Treasurer
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa.
Board of Managers
Ex officio
Courtney Sm ith , President of Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa.
Emeriti
Elisabeth H allowell Bartlett, The Cambridge Arms, North Charles and 34th Sts.,
Baltimore 18, Md.
I sabel J enkins Booth , Jefferson House, The Strand, New Castle, Del.
Elsie Palmer Brow n , 1622 Twenty-ninth Street, N.W., Washington 7, D. C.
M ary Lippincott G riscom, 314 East Central Avenue, Moorestown, N. J.
N icholas K elley , 350 Park Avenue, New York 22, N. Y.
Barclay W hitb, 3337 Market Street, Philadelphia 4, Pa.
A lfred H. W illiams , 1825 Fidelity-Philadelphia Trust Building, Philadelphia 9, Pa.
J oseph H. W illits , Box 441A, Bridgetown Pike, R. D. 1, Langhorne, Pa.
Life Members
Eleanor Stabler Clarke, Crumwald Farm, Wallingford, Pa.
H adassah M. L. Parrot, 1025 Westview Street, Philadelphia 19, Pa.
C laude C. Sm ith , 1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia 10, Pa.
H elen G awthrop W orth , 805 Augusta Road, Westover Hills, Wilmington 6, Del.
Term Expires December, 1964
Boyd T. Barnard, 914 Philadelphia National Bank Building, Philadelphia 7, Pa.
H. T homas H allowell , J r ., Highland and Kenmore Avenues, Jenkintown, Pa.
T homas B. M cCabe, Tinicum Island Road and Industrial Highway, Philadelphia 13, Pa.
H oward S. T urner , P. O. Box 1347, Pittsburgh 30, Pa.
N orman H. W inde , Ridley Creek Road, R. D. 2, Media, Pa.
♦L ester Asplundh , 505 York Road, Jenkintown, Pa.
♦O live D eane Baker, Longfield, Ridley Park, Pa.
Term Expires December, 1965
W illiam F. Lee , 5 Guernsey Road, Swarthmore, Pa.
K athryn Sonneborn Read, 5407 Atlantic Avenue, Ventnor, N. J.
P h ilip T. Sharples , 23rd and Westmoreland Streets, Philadelphia 40, Pa.
Sue T homas T urner , East Valley Road, Alfred Station, New York
Richard B. W illis , Provident Tradesmens Bank & Trust Co., 17th and Chestnut Streets,
Philadelphia 3, Pa.
♦Shirley D avis, 128 Bayard Lane, Princeton, N . J.
♦C harles E. Rickards, The Penn Mutual Life Insurance Co., Philadelphia 5, Pa.
* Nominated by the Alumni Association.
8
Term Expires December, 1966
Carroll G. Bow en , 16 Coolidge Ave., Cambridge 38, Mass.
Robert M. Browning , 7305 Emlen Street, Philadelphia 19, Pa.
Virginia Stratton Cornell , Central Valley, N. Y.
Charles C. P rice, III, 118 Hilldale Road, Lansdowne, Pa.
♦Eugenia H arshbarger Lewis, 3215 Fordham Road, Wilmington 6, Del.
♦J o h n H. Lippincott , J r ., 9 South Osborne Avenue, Margate City, N. J.
Term Expires December, 1967
C lement M. Biddle, 230 Oak Ridge Avenue, Summit, N. J.
G eorge B. C lothier , 1418 Packard Building, Philadelphia 2, Pa.
Carl K. D ellm uth , Fidelity-Philadelphia Trust Co., Philadelphia 9, Pa.
W illiam P oole , 350 Delaware Trust Bldg., Wilmington 1, Del.
E lizabeth Carver P reston , 60 Dogwood Lane, Swarthmore, Pa.
♦T homas M cP. Brow n , 814 26th Place South, Arlington, Va.
♦Isabel Logan Lyon , 70 East 90th St., New York, N. Y.
C o m m it t e e s
of the
B oard
The Chairman of the Board is ex officio a member of every Committee
Executive
Boyd T. Barnard
Clem ent M. Biddle
Robert M. Browning
Eleanor Stabler C larke
G eorge B. Clothier
H. T homas H allowell , J r .
T homas B. M cCabe
H adassah M. L. P arrot
E lizabeth C arver P reston
Charles C. P rice, III
P h ilip T. Sharples
Richard B. W illis
N orman H. W inde
H elen G awthrop W orth
Finance
Richard B. W illis
Robert M. Browning
G eorge B. Clothier
H. T homas H allowell , J r .
T homas B. M cCabe
Charles E. Rickards
Instruction and Libraries
Charles C. P rice, III
H oward S. T urner
Sue T homas T urner
Richard B. W illis
H elen G awthrop W orth
Clem ent M. Biddle
Carroll G. Bow en
T homas M cP. Brown
Shirlby D avis
H adassah M. L. P arrot
W illiam P oole
Property
N orman H . W inde
Lester A splundh
Boyd T. Barnard
Robert M. Browning
V irginia Stratton Cornell
Carl K. D ellmuth
W illiam F. Lee
K athryn Sonneborn Read
Charles E. Rickards
Trusts
T homas B. M cCabe
Boyd T. Barnard
Richard C. B ond
H. T homas H allowell , J r .
P h ilip T. Sharples
A lfred H . W illiams
Richard B. W illis
Student Activities
Elizabeth Carver P reston
O live D eane Baker
Clem ent M. Biddle
Eleanor Stabler Clarke
Shirlby D avis
Eugenia H arshbarger Lewis
J o h n H . Lippincott , J r .
Isabel Logan Lyon
Charles C. P rice, III
Kathryn Sonneborn Read
H oward S. T urner
Sue T homas T urner
N orman H. W inde
Nominated by the Alumni Association.
9
Nominating
Elizabeth Carver P reston
Sue T homas T urner
H elen G awthrop W orth
Carl K. D ellmuth
C lem ent M. Biddle
W illiam F. Lee
P h ilip T. Sharples
Lester Asplundh
Boyd T. Barnard
T homas M cP. Brown
R obert M. Browning
Eleanor Stabler Clarke
G eorge B. C lothier
Carl K. D ellmuth
Development
H. T homas H allowell , J r .
W illiam F. Lee
J o h n H. Lippincott , J r .
Isabel Logan Lyon
T homas B. M cCabe
W illiam P oole
H oward S. T urner
H elen G awthrop W orth
10
Alumni Association Officers
1963-1965
President, Gilbert B. M ustin, J r . '42, 10th and Somerville Sts., Philadelphia 41, Pa.
Vice-President for Men, Robert G. Hayden ’47, 40 Woodbrook Road, Swarthmore, Pa.
Vice-President for Women, M argaret W alker Lippincott ’45, Rose Valley Road,
Moylan, Pa.
Secretary, Sally Shields Shane ’51, 401 Vassar Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
Alumni Council
Zone A
T erm Expires
J une
1965 J o h n B. F elton ’43, 335 Plush Mill Road, Wallingford, Pa.
Robert W. Lafore '27, 10 Rose Hill Road, Moylan, Pa.
1966 J o h n W. D utton '28, 175 Beaumont Road, Devon, Pa.
G eorge W. P lace, J r . ’52, 512 Harvard Ave., Swarthmore, Pa.
P eter P. Schauffler '43,101 W. Springfield Ave., Philadelphia 18, Pa.
1967 Charles P. Cryer, ’43, Box 388, Swarthmore, Pa.
W illiam T. Spock ’51, 5 David Drive, Media, Pa.
1965 N ancy Sm ith H ayden ’46, 40 Woodbrook Road, Swarthmore, Pa.
An n a Rickards Sensenig ’30, 2609 Woodleigh Road, Havertown, Pa.
1966 D orothy Bowers H allowell ’26, 809 Montgomery Ave., Fort Washington, Pa.
An n e Abernethy J anson ’55,903 Lincoln Avenue, Springfield, Pa.
J anet Bartleson M ochel ’43, 319 Paper Mill Road, Oreland, Pa.
1967 N ancy R obinson P osel ’51, 1060 Mill Road Circle, Jenkintown, Pa.
Laura R eppert U nger ’49, Valley Park Road, R. D. 2, Phoenixville, Pa.
Zone B
1965 A. T homas H allowell ’37, 33 Rosslyn Court, Little Silver, N. J.
A lbert G. T hatcher ’41, 39 Briardiff Road, Mt. Lakes, N. J.
1966 J o h n L. D ugan, J r . '43, 5 Hillside Avenue, Short Hills, N. J.
1967 C. W endell Beck ’42, 3 High Meadow, Penfield, N.Y.
J ames L. Crider, J r . ’33, Peach Hill Road, Darien, Connecticut
1965 M ary A n n Kidder M arshall ’52, 43 Knollwood Avenue, Madison, N. J.
Elizabeth P eirce Sw ift '42, 399 Patton Drive, Cheshire, Conn.
1966 G ertrude M aginniss P eelle ’39, 4 The Balsams, Roslyn Estates, L.I., N.Y.
1967 Carol H olbrook Baldi ’53, 1070 Third Avenue, New York 21, N.Y.
Barbara T aylor Crawford ’45, 17 Westgate Road, Livingston, N.J.
Zone C
1966 Arthur S. O bermayer ’52, 100 Memorial Drive, Cambridge 42, Mass.
1966 J ean M u n n Lowry ’47,12 Saunders Road, Lynnfield, Mass.
Zone D
1965
1967
1965
1967
D avid D oehlkrt ’50,115 Dallas Avenue, Newark, Del.
J o h n S. T hom son ’43, 23 Grafton Street, Chevy Chase, Md.
Ruth E. Cornell '27, 227 Murphy Rd., Fairfax, Wilmington 3, Del.
Caroline M orrel Shoemaker ’52, 1406 W. Joppa Road, Riderwood, Md.
Zone E
1966 J ohn K. G riffin ’42, 549 Belvedere N.E., Warren, Ohio
1966 M ary J ane M iller K oster '38, 6649 Mill Road, Brecksville 41, Ohio
Zone F
1967 Christian H. P edersen ’49, 4401 Midnight Pass Road, Sarasota, Fla.
1967 Barbara D eaton Anderson ’57, 3117 Oxford Drive, Durham, N.C.
11
1965
1967
1965
1967
Zone G
W illiam W. Slocum, J r. ’43, 3250 Penobscot Bldg., Detroit 26, Mich.
Edwin M. Bush , J r . '49, 949 Fisher Lane, Winnetka, Illinois
W innifred Poland Pierce ’45, 211 McCotter Drive, Ann Arbor, Mich.
J ulia Lange H all ’55, 1161 Pine Street, Winnetka, Illinois
Zone H
1965 Paul S. O usley ’43, 10710 S.W. Elysium Avenue, Portland, Ore.
1966 W illiam Allen Longshore ’37, 550 Bancroft Road, Walnut Creek, Calif.
1965 Anita K elley Pearson ’44, 629 Miner Road, Orinda, Calif.
1966 Elizabeth G eddes Baker ’34, 72 Heather Drive, Atherton, Calif.
12
The Faculty
Courtney Smith , President......................................................................... 324 Cedar Lane
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard University; LL.D., L.H.D., and Litt.D.
Edward K. Cratsley, Vice-President (finance), Controller, and Professor of Eco
nomics ..................................................................................... 925 Strath Haven Avenue
B.A., College of Wooster; M.B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
J oseph B. Shane, Vice-President (Public Relations and Alumni Affairs) and Professor
of Education ..................................................................................... Cunningham House
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Gilmore Stott, Administrative Assistant to the President, and Lecturer in Philosophy,
318 Dartmouth Avenue
B.A. and M.A., University of Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., Oxford University; M.A.
and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Susan P. Cobbs, Dean and Professor of Classics.......................................406 Walnut Lane
BA., Randolph-Macon Woman’s College; M.A., New York University; Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
J ohn M. M oorb, Associate Dean, Registrar and Professor of Philosophy and Religion,
512 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., Columbia University.
Robert A. Barr, J r ., Dean of Men ............................................... 109 Columbia Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Barbara Pearson Lange, Dean of W o m e n ...................................................1 Crum Ledge
Frederick A. H argadon, Dean of Admissions and Lecturer in Political Science
317 N. Chester Road
B.A., Haverford College.
Margaret L. MacLaren, Associate Dean of Adm issions.......... 317 North Chester Road
B.A., Swarthmore College.
Frank B. W illiams, Associate Dean of Admissions and Director of Financial Aid
221 Haverford Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Wesleyan University; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania.
E m e r it i
Mary Albertson, Isaac H. Clothier Professor Emeritus of History and International
Relations..............................................................................................505 Ogden Avenue
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College.
Lydia Baer, Associate Professor Emeritus of German.................. Anna Maria Island, Fla.
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Edward H. Cox, Edmund Allen Professor Emeritus of Chemistry . .. .416 Park Avenue
B.S., Earlham College; M.A., Harvard University; Docteur ès Science, L’Uni
versité de Genève, Docteur honoris causa, L’Université de Montpellier; D.Sc.,
Earlham College.
H enry J ermain M aude Creighton, Edmund Allen Professor Emeritus of Chemistry,
Tigh-Solas, Glen Margaret, Nova Scotia, Canada
B.A., M.A. and LL.D., Dalhousie University; M.Sc., University of Birmingham;
D.Sc., Das eidgenössische Polytechnikum, Zürich; D.Sc., Swarthmore College.
Robert H. D unn , Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education for Men,
811 Westdale Avenue
B.S., Temple University.
D uncan G raham Foster, Professor Emeritus of Chem istry...................... 15 Crest Lane
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
Philip M arshall H icks, Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor Emeritus of English
Literature......................................................................................................Avondale, Pa.
B.A. and M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph-.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Everett L. H unt , Dean Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of English.
221 N. Princeton Avenue
B.A., Huron College; M.A., University of Chicago; D.Litt., Huron College.
W olfgang K öhler, Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Psychology,
Lebanon, N. H.
Dr. Phil., University of Berlin; D.Sc., University of Pennsylvania, University of
Chicago, Kenyon College, Swarthmore College.
13
H arold M. M arch, Susan W'. Lippincott Professor Emeritus of Prench
46 Main St., Amherst, Mass.
B.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Yale University.
Edith P hilips, Susan W . Lippincott Professor Emeritus of Prench.......... 517 Elm Avenue
B.A., Goucher College; Docteur de l’Université de Paris.
L. R. Shero, Professor Emeritus of G ree k...................................651 North Chester Road
B.A., Haverford College; B.A.; Oxford University; M.A. and Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin.
Alfred J. Swan, Professor Emeritus of Music.......... 773 College Avenue, Haverford, Pa.
B.A. and M.A., Oxford University.
E lizabeth Cox W right, Professor Emeritus of E nglish.......... Rose Valley, Moylan, Pa.
B.A., Wellesley College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
P rofessors
Solomon E. Asch, Professor of Psychology............ .................................. 513 Elm Avenue
B.S., College of the City of New York; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
M onroe C. Beardsley, Professor of Philosophy...................................133 Rutgers Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University.
George J. Becker, Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor of English,
401 Walnut Lane
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Washington.
+Paul H. Beik , Professor of H isto ry ......................................................... 4 Whittier Place
B.A., Union College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
H einrich Brinkmann , Edward Hicks Magill Professor of Mathematics,
403 Walnut Lane
B.A., Stanford University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Samuel T. Carpenter, Isaiah V. Williamson Professor of Civil and Mechanical En
gineering .............................................................................................612 Ogden Avenue
B.C.E., C.E., and M.S., Ohio State University.
J oseph W. Conard, Professor of Economics.................. 217 North Swarthmore Avenue
B.A., Grinnell College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of California.
Georges Couton , Visiting Professor of French (Université de Lyon),
521 Elm Avenue
Agrégé-ès-lettres; Docteur-ès-lettres, University of Paris.
W. C. Elmore, Morris L. Clothier Professor of Physics...........................525 Walnut Lane
B.S., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Yale University.
Robert K. Enders, Isaac H. Clothier, ]r. Professor of B iology.............. 311 Elm Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., University of Michigan.
J ames A. Field, J r ., Isaac H. Clothier Professor of History . . . .612 Hillborn Avenue
B.S., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
ÏM ilan W. G arrett, Professor of Physics.............................336 North Princeton Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Stanford University; B.A. and D.Phil., Oxford University.
H oward Malcolm J enkins, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professor of Engineering,
506 North Chester Road
B.A. and E.E., Swarthmore College.
W alter B. Keighton, J r ., Edmund Allen Professor of Chemistry . . . . .311 Cedar Lane
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Princeton University.
Fredric K lees, Professor of E n g lish ....................................................... 525 Elm Avenue
B.A., Bowdoin College.
Laurence D. Lafore, Professor of H isto ry ......................................506 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Fletcher School of Law and Di
plomacy.
Luzern G. Livingston, Professor of B otany.....................................15 Dartmouth Circle
B.S., Lawrence College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
ÎF ranz H. Mautner, Professor of German .........................................408 Walnut Lane
Dr. Phil., Univ. of Vienna.
J ohn D. McCrumm , Howard N. and Ada J. Eavenson Professor of Engineering,
Palmer Mill Road, R. D. 1, Media, Pa.
B.S. and M.S., University of Colorado.
ÎB ernard M orrill, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.....................21 Oberlin Avenue
B.S. in M.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.M.E., University of Dela
ware; Ph.D., University of Michigan.
$ Absent on leave, 1964-65.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1964-65.
14
302 North Chester Road
B. A., M. A., and Ph.D., Cornell University.
J. Roland P ennock , Richter Professor of Political Science........ ..
3 Whittier Place
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Frank C. P ierson , Professor of Economics...........................................740 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Columbia University.
H edlry H. Rhys, Professor of Fine A r t s ...................................................512 Elm Avenue
B.A., West Virginia University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
J ames D. Sorber, Professor of Spanish.....................................................404 Walnut Lane
B.A., Lehigh University; M.A., University of Nebraska,
fF rederick B. T olles, Howard M. and Charles F. Jenkins Professor of Quaker History
and Research and Director of the Friends Historical Library . . . . 606 Elm Avenue
B.A. M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard University; D.Litt., Haverford College.
Peter van de Kamp, Professor of Astronomy and Director of Sproul Observatory,
602 Elm Avenue
Cand. and Docts., University of Utrecht; Ph.D., University of California; D.Phil.,
University of Groningen.
Robert M. W alker, Professor of Fine A r t s .............................................212 Elm Avenue
B.A. and M.F.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard University.
H ans W allach, Professor of Psychology.................................................604 Elm Avenue
Dr. Phil., University of Berlin.
Kenneth A. W altz, Professor of Political Science................ 11 Benjamin West Avenue
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
N eal A. W eber, Professor of Z oology....................................................... 1 Whittier Place
B.A., M.S. and D.Sc., University of North Dakota; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University.
Clair W ilcox, Joseph Wharton Professor of Political Economy . .. .510 Ogden Avenue
B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania.
H elen F. N orth , Professor of Classics...............................
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s
Carl Barus, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.................. 8 Whittier Place
B.A., Brown University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
O lexa-Myron Bilaniuk , Associate Professor of P hysics.............. 915 Harvard Avenue
Ingenieur, Université de Louvain; B.S.E., B.S., M.S., M.A., and Ph.D., University
of Michigan.
David L. Bowler , Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering . .. .505 Yale Avenue
B.S. in E.E., Bucknell University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Tech
nology; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
W illiam H. Brow n , J r ., Associate Professor of Economics, Crum Creek Rd., Media, Pa.
B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University.
Philip W. Carruth, Associate Professor of Mathematics.................. ..515 Elm Avenue
B.A., Hamilton College; M.A., Syracuse University; Ph.D., University of Illinois.
H ilde D. Co h n , Associate Professor of G erm an...................... 302 N orth Chester Road
Dr. Phil., University of Heidelberg.
David Cowden, Associate Professor of E nglish....................................312 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
J ohn R. D ixon , Visiting Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
(Purdue University) 21 Oberlin Avenue
B.Sc. and M.Sc., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of
Technology.
Lewis H. Elverson, Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men,
6 Whittier Place
B.S., University of Pennsylvania.
E. J. Faulkner , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men,
235 Dickinson Avenue
Edward A. Fe h n el , Associate Professor of Chem istry.......................... 600 Elm Avenue
B.S., M.S. and Ph.D., Lehigh University.
t Absent on leave, spring semester,- 1964-65.
15
Launcb J. Flemister , Associate Professor of Zoology,
Rogers Lane and Plush Mill Road, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Duke University.
* Charles E. G ilbert , Associate Professor of Political Science.......... 223 Kenyon Avenue
B.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., Northwestern University.
ÌF rédéric J. G rover, Associate Professor of French ............ ................521 Elm Avenue
L. ès L., University of Paris; Ph.D., University of California.
ÌG ilbert P. H aight , J r ., Associate Professor of Chem istry.............. 409 College Avenue
B.A., Stanford University; Ph.D., Princeton University.
M ark A. H eald, Associate Professor of Physics ...........................915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Oberlin College; M.S. and Ph.D., Yale University.
D aniel G. H offm an , Associate Professor of E nglish................................. 502 Cedar Lane
B.A., Columbia College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
J oh n H unter , Visiting Associate Professor of Mathematics (University of Glasgow)
405 Walnut Lane
M.A., University of Glasgow; Ph.D., Cambridge University.
JS amuel L. H ynes , Associate Professor of E n g lish .................................5 Whittier Place
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia.
O lga Lang, Associate Professor of Russian ...........................................410 Cedar Lane
Graduate, University of Moscow; Ph.D., Columbia University.
+Paul C. M angelsdorf, J r ., Associate Professor of P hysics.......... 110 Cornell Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University.
N orman A. M einkoth , Associate Professor of Zoology
431 West Woodland Avenue, Springfield, Pa.
B. of Ed., Southern Illinois Teachers College; M.S. and Ph.D. University of Illinois.
I rene M oll , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women
The Damsite, Wallingford, Pa.
B.S. in Ed., University of Kansas; M.A., Texas State College for Women.
M artin O stwald, Associate Professor of Classics . . . . . ................ .... .2 Whittier Place
B.A., University of Toronto; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Columbia University.
P h ilip C. P rager, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
132 North Highland Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.S. in M.E., University of Pittsburgh; M.M.E., University of Delaware.
Virginia Rath , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women . .735 Yale Avenue
B.A., Hollins College; M.A., Columbia University.
D avid Rosen , Associate Professor of Mathematics . . . 115 President Avenue, Rutledge, Pa.
B.A., New York University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
J erome A. Shaffer , Associate Professor of Philosophy . , .......... Benjamin West House
B.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., Princeton University.
D avid G. Sm it h , Associate Professor of Political Science.......................... 519 Walnut Lane
B.A. and M.A., University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
C laudio Spies , Associate Professor of Music and Director of the Orchestra
645 North Chester Road
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University.
W illis J. Stetson , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men and Director of
A thletics.......................................................144 North Highland Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
P eter G ram Swing , Associate Professor of Music and Director of the Chorus
614 Hillbom Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University.
*W illis D. W eatherford , Associate Professor of Economics...................319 Cedar Lane
B.A., Vanderbilt University; B.D., Yale University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard Univer
sity.
M. J oseph W illis , Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
Copples and Calendar Lanes, Wallingford, Pa.
B.C.E., University of Washington; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins
University.
H arrison M orris W right , Associate Professor of History .................. 5 Crum Ledge
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
t Absent on leave, 1964- 65.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1964-65.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1964-65.
16
A ssistant P rofessors
I Elisa Asensio, Assistant Professor of Spanish................ 500 Oakley Road, Haverford, Pa.
M.A., Middlebury College.
I George C. Avery, Assistant Professor of G erm an.........................................6 Crum Ledge
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
I Robert C. Bannister, Assistant Professor of H istory.................. 301 Dartmouth Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University; B.A. and M.A., Oxford University.
I George T homas Beech, Assistant Professor of H isto ry .......................... 7 Crum Ledge
B.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
I T homas H. Blackburn, Assistant Professor of E nglish.................... Swarthmore College
B.A., Amherst College; B.A. and M.A., Oxford University; Ph.D., Stanford University.
I Gomer H. D avies, Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Men. .225 Cornell Avenue
B.S., East Stroudsburg State Teachers College; Ed.M., Temple University.
■»William C. D enison, Assistant Professor of B otany.................. 317 North Chester Road
B.A. and M.A., Oberlin College; Ph.D., Cornell University.
I Jarl Avard Elmgren, Assistant Professor of Physics.....................................8 Crum Ledge
B.S., University of New Hampshire; Ph.D., Iowa State University.
I Stevens H eckscher, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Pritchard Lane, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard University.
I Eleanor K. H ess, Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women
321 Davis Road, Havertown, Pa.
B.S. and M.S., University of Pennsylvania.
|- David A. Ku h n , Assistant Professor of French...................................Swarthmore College
B.A., Harvard University.
I Gerald R. Levin, Assistant Professor of Psychology.....................................3 Crum Ledge
B.A., Antioch College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
I J ames H. Loehlin , Assistant Professor of Chemistry .................. 915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., College of Wooster; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
I Clark P. Mangelsdorf, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering . . . 339 Riverview Road
B.S., Swarthmore College; M.S. and D.Sc., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
I J ohn A. N evin, Assistant Professor of Psychology...............................311 Yale Avenue
B.E., Yale University; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
I Harold Pagliaro, Assistant Professor of E nglish.......... 61 Sproul Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Columbia University.
IID ean P eabody, Assistant Professor of Psychology..................................... 2 Crum Ledge
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University.
I J ean Ashmead P erkins, Assistant Professor of French.......................... 414 Drew Avenue
I
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
I Kenneth S. Rawson, Assistant Professor of Z oology.............................8B Whittier Place
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., Harvard University.
I Alburt M. Rosenberg, Assistant Professor of Natural Science................ 515 Elm Avenue
B.A., Harvard University; M.S., University of Florida; Ph.D., University of Pennsyl
vania.
I Peter T. T hompson, Assistant Professor of Chemistry.............. 317 North Chester Road
B.A., Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh.
I +Percy Linwood U rban, J r., Assistant Professor of Religion . . 20 South Princeton Avenue
B.A., Princeton University; S.T.B., S.T.M. and Th.D., General Theological Seminary.
I David S. W iesen, Assistant Professor of Classics.............................Greylock Apartments
B.A., Harvard University; M.A., Ludwig-Maximilian Universitaet, Munich; Ph.D.,
Harvard University.
I J ohn W. W illiams, Assistant Professor of Fine Arts
302 Avondale Road, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A., Yale University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Michigan.
I n str u c to r s
I Andrew Boelcskevy, Instructor in G erm an.................. 906 S. 48th St., Philadelphia 43
B.A., West Virginia University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
t Absent on leave, 1964-65.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1964-65.
TAbsent on leave, spring semester, 1964-65.
17
T hompson Bradley, Instructor in R ussian.......... 240 Ridley Creek Road, Moylan, Pa.
B.A., Yale University; M.A., Columbia University.
Lewis R. Gatÿ, II, Instructor in Economics .................................Benjamin West House
B.A., Swarthmore College.
W illiam G ustason, Instructor in Philosophy................................... 835 Harvard Avenue
B.A., University of Florida.
J ames H. H ammons, Instructor in C hem istry...................................Swarthmore College
B.A., Amherst College; M.A. and Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
H arriett B. H awkins, Instructor in E n g lish .....................................Swarthmore College
B.A., Newcomb College, Tulane University; M.A. and Ph.D., Washington University.
J ohn K. H awley, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
915 Harvard Avenue
B.S., Swarthmore College; M.S., Columbia University.
D onald C. H ellmann, Instructor in Political Science.......... 317 North Chester Road
B.A., Princeton University; M.A. University of California.
W illiam C. K err, Instructor in Civil Engineering and Director of the Computer Center
915 Harvard Avenue
B.S. and M.S., Michigan State University.
Eugene A. K lotz, Instructor in Mathematics ...................... 317 North Chester Road
B.S., Antioch College.
J ean H erskovits K opytoff, Instructor in History ...................... 112 Rutgers Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; D.Phil., Oxford University.
Robert E. Leyon, Instructor in C hem istry...........................................519 Walnut Lane
B.A., Williams College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Erika A. Mares, Instructor in Mathematics.............................1141 Muhlenberg Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
P hilip R. Marshall, Instructor in H istory.......................................,915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Yale University; M.A., University of Pittsburgh.
Clair W. N ielson, Instructor in P hysics...................................615 North Chester Road
B.S. and Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Charles J. Siegman, Instructor in Economics
101 Conshohocken State Road, Bala-Cynwyd, Pa.
B.A., City College of New York.
Lawrence Sklar, Instructor in Philosophy................................................. 4 Crum Ledge
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Simone V. Smith , Instructor in F rench___ 514 East Lancaster Ave., Wynnewood, Pa.
Licence ès Lettres, University of Grenoble.
Susan Brooke Snyder, Instructor in English ...................... 302 North Chester Road
B.A., Hunter College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
Marie J osé Southworth, Instructor in F rench................................... 146 Park Avenue
Cand. Cours Supérieurs, Luxembourg; M.A., Western Reserve University.
A ilyn T erada, Instructor in Physical Education for Women
193 Patriot Road, King of Prussia, Pa.
B.S., Russell Sage College; M.S., University of Wisconsin.
G eorge E. V on der Muhll , Instructor in Political Science . .317 North Chester Rd.
B.A., Oberlin College; M.Sc., London School of Economics.
L ectu rers
and
A ssistants
Morton S. Baratz, Visiting Lecturer in Economics (Bryn Mawr)
1516 Old Gulph Road, Villanova, Pa.
Ph.D., Yale University.
Carl R. Berky, Assistant in M u s ic ...................... 2209 Walnut St., Philadelphia 3, Pa.
B.Mus. and M.Mus., Philadelphia Conservatory of Music; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania.
H arriet Shorr Baguskas, Director of Arts and Crafts . . . .214 N. Jackson St., Media
B.A., Swarthmore College.
A lice Brodhead, Lecturer in Psychology and Education.................. 316 Ogden Avenue
B.S. and M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
J ohn A. Ceraso, Visiting Lecturer in Psychology (Yeshiva University)
Yeshiva University, New York 19, N. Y.
B.A., Brooklyn College, M.A. and Ph.D., New School for Social Research.
18
Hennig Cohen , Visiting Lecturer in English Literature (University of Pennsylvania)
37 Amherst Avenue
B.A. and M.A., University of South Carolina; Ph.D., Tulane University.
Brooke P. Cottman, Assistant in Physical Education for Men . . . . 208 Dickinson Ave.
B.A., Duke University.
Gloria Carey Evans, Consultant in Reading and Language
205 Linden Lane, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A., Western Washington College of Education; M.S., University of Washington
Ph.D., Stanford University.
Robert V. Forwood, Assistant in Physical Education for Men
911 13th St., Prospect Park, Pa.
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Temple University.
Miguel Gonzalez-Gerth, Lecturer in Spanish . .430 E. Lancaster Avenue, Wayne, Pa.
B.A. and M.A., University of Texas; M.A., Princeton University.
Joseph J. Greenbaum, Visiting Lecturer in Psychology (New School for Social Research)
910 West End Avenue, New York, N. Y.
B.S.S., City College of New York; Ph.D., University of California.
Helen H all, Consultant in Reading and Language.......................407 Hillborn Avenue
B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of Penn
sylvania.
Gabriele S. H oenigswald, Lecturer in Classics ...........................237 Kenyon Avenue
M.A., Bryn Mawr College; D.Litt., University of Florence.
Helen Manning H unter , Lecturer in Economics . . . . Featherbed Lane, Haverford, Pa.
B.A., Smith College; Ph.D., Radcliffe College.
Alvin H. J ohnson , Visiting Lecturer in Music (University of Pennsylvania)
340 Dickinson Avenue
B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University.
Sarah Lee Lippincott, Lecturer and Research Associate in Astronomy . 510 Elm Avenue
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Swarthmore College.
James W. Lukens, J r., Assistant in Physical Education for Men
1050 Baltimore Pike, Springfield, Pa.
B.S.E.E., University of Louisville; LL.B., Washington and Lee University.
James J. M cAdoo, Assistant in Physical Education for Men
513 East Bringhurst, Germantown, Pa.
J. Hillis M iller, Visiting Lecturer in English Literature (Johns Hopkins University)
100 Woodlawn Road, Baltimore, Md.
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
James H. Miller, Assistant in Physical Education for Men
834 Seventh Avenue, Prospect Park, Pa.
B.S. and M.S., University of Pennsylvania.
Alexander V. Riasanovsky, Visiting Lecturer in History (University of Pennsylvania)
462 Lynbrooke Rd., Springfield, Del. Co., Pa.
B.A., University of Oregon; B.Litt., Oxford University; Ph.D., Stanford University.
James F. Ross, Visiting Lecturer in Religion (Drew University)
14 Hillcrest Road, Madison, N. J.
B.A., Doane College; B.D. and Th.D., Union Theological Seminary.
Ursula Victor Santer, Lecturer in B io lo g y.............. Featherbed Lane, Haverford, Pa.
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.S. and Ph.D., Yale University.
Albert R. Schmitt , Visiting Lecturer in German (University of Pennsylvania)
856 Agnes Avenue, Morton, Pa.
B.A., Colby; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Helen P. Shatagin , Visiting Lecturer in R ussian............................. 307 Cornell Avenue
Robert M. Smart, College Organist .................................................18 Oberlin Avenue
B.A., Curtis Institute of Music; M.A., Westminster Choir College.
Carol T hompson, Director of Dramatics . .......................................Swarthmore College
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.F.A., Yale University.
James F. W anner, Lecturer and Research Associate in Astronomy . . . . 2 Crum Ledge
B.S., University of Colorado; B.A., Earlham College; M.S., University of Pennsyl
vania; Ph.D., Harvard University.
19
D ivisions
I.
and
D epartments
Division of the Humanities—H edley H. Rhys, Chairman
Classics, H elen F. N orth, Chairman.
English Literature, G eorge J. Becker, Chairman.
Fine Arts, Robert M. W alker, Chairman.
History, J ames A. Field, J r ., Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkmann , Chairman.
Modem Languages, J ames D. Sorber, Chairman.
Music, P eter G ram Swing, Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, M onroe C. Beardsley, Acting Chairman.
Psychology and Education, H ans W allach, Chairman.
II.
Division of the Social Sciences—D avid G. Smith , Chairman, fall semester
K enneth N. W altz, Chairman, spring semester
Economics, Clair W ilcox, Chairman.
History, J ames A. Field, J r ., Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkmann , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, Monroe C. Beardsley, Acting Chairman.
Political Science, J. Roland Pennock, Chairman.
Psychology and Education, H ans W allach, Chairman.
III.
Division of the Natural Sciences—W illiam C. Elmore, Chairman
Astronomy, P eter van de Kamp, Chairman.
Biology, Robert K. Enders, Chairman.
Chemistry, W alter B. Keighton, J r., Chairman.
Engineering, Samuel T. Carpenter, Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkmann , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, M onroe C. Beardsley, Acting Chairman.
Physics, W illiam C. Elmore, Chairman.
Psychology and Education, H ans W allach, Chairman.
IV.
Division of Engineering—Samuel T. Carpenter, Chairman
Engineering, Samuel T. Carpenter, Chairman.
Chemistry, W alter B. Keighton, J r ., Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkmann , Chairman.
Physics, W illiam C. Elmore, Chairman.
20
Standing Committees
of the
Faculty
Academic Requirements: Moore, Chairman.
Barr, Cobbs, Heald, Lange, C. Mangelsdorf, Ostwald, Pennock, Perkins.
Admissions and Scholarships: Hargadon, Chairman.
Barr, Blackburn, Carpenter, Cobbs, Flemister, Gilbert (2nd semester), Lange, MacLaren, C. Mangelsdorf, Moore, Perkins, Stott, Thompson, F. Williams, Wright.
Athletics: Stetson, Chairman.
Barr, Cratsley, Faulkner, Gaty, Rath, Shane, Thompson, Weber, Willis.
Awards and Prizes: van de Kamp, Chairman.
Bowler, Carruth, Cohn, Kopytoff, MacLaren, Moll, Wiesen.
Collection: Shane, Chairman.
Bannister, Gaty, Gillespie, Lange, Rawson, Swing, van de Kamp.
Computer: Kerr, Chairman.
Barns, Brown, Meinkoth, Nielson, Rosen.
Cooper Foundation: Swing, Chairman.
Bradley, Brown, Heald, Heckscher, Pennock, Shane.
Curriculum: P. Mangelsdorf, Chairman.
Brown, Cobbs, Hoffman, Lafore, McCrumm, Meinkoth, Moore, North, Shaffer.
Faculty and Staff Benefits : Cratsley, Chairman.
Beardsley, Cook, Davies, Jenkins, Livingston, Rhys, Rosen, Shero.
Swarthmore Fellowships: Wallach, Chairman.
Elmore, Jenkins, Klees, Klotz, Siegman, Spies, van de Kamp.
Fellowships from Other I nstitutions: McCrumm, Chairman.
Bannister, Barr, Blackburn, Elverson, Gillespie (Secretary), Keighton, Lange.
Instruction: Courtney Smith, Chairman.
Carpenter, Cobbs, Elmore, Field, Moore, Pierson, Rhys, D. Smith (1st semester), Waltz
Weatherford, Chairman.
Connor, Field, Hawley, Heckscher, Hoffman, Tolies, Walker.
Lib r a r y :
Master of Arts: Enders, Chairman.
Avery, Conard, Leyon, Lippincott, Willis.
Pre-Medical P rogram: Rawson, Chairman.
Bowie, Bradley, Elmgren, Levin, Leyon, Rosenberg, Stott.
Research: Fehnel, Chairman.
Avery, Cratsley, Ostwald, Pierson, Weber.
Schedule of Classes: Moore, Chairman.
Becker, Bowler, Hess, Nevin, Rosenberg, Sorber.
Student A ffairs: Barr, Chairman.
Cobbs, Cohn, Lange, Rosen, Wright.
Teacher Education Program: Cobbs, Chairman.
Becker, Brodhead, Carruth, Davies, Levin, Moore, Shane, Wallach, F. Williams.
Travel Allowance: Prager, Chairman.
Brinkman, Elmgren, Lange, Terada, Walker.
Use of College Facilities by O utside Organizations: Cook, Chairman.
Davisson, Hess, Klees, Lange, Shane, Stanton, Stetson.
Secretary to
the
Faculty: Jenkins.
21
Administrative Officers and Assistants
P r e s id e n t ’s O f f i c e
President, Courtney Smith , B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University; LL.D., L.H.D.,
and Litt.D.
Administrative Assistant to the President, Gilmore Stott, B.A. and M.A., University
of Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., Oxford University; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Secretary, M artha H. D ecrouez, B.S., University of Minnesota.
V i c e -P r e s id e n t s ’ O f f i c e
Vice-President— (Finance) and Controller, Edward K. Cratsley.
B.A., College of Wooster; M.B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
Vice-President—Public Relations and Alumni Affairs, J oseph B. Shane .
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Secretaries, Pauline M. Carroll, Mildred A. Scott.
D e a n s ’ O f f ic e s
Dean: Susan P. Cobbs, B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman’s College; M. A., New York Uni
versity; Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Associate Dean and Registrar: J ohn M. M oore, BA.., Park College; B.D., Union Theo
logical Seminary; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Dean of Men: Robert A. Barr, J r ., B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Penn
sylvania.
Dean of Women: Barbara Pearson Lange.
Dean of Admissions: Frederick A. H argadon, B.A., Haverford College.
Associate Dean of Admissions: Margaret L. MacLaren, B.A., Swarthmore College.
Associate Dean of Admissions and Director of Financial Aid, Frank B. W illiams, B.A. and
M.A., Wesleyan University; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Assistant in Admissions: Ronald E. Sutton, B.A., Swarthmore College; B.D. and S.T.M.,
Drew University.
Administrative Assistants:
An n J ones Martin, B.A., Swarthmore College.
M argaret W. M oore, B.A., Park College; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Consultants in Reading and Language:
G loria Carey Evans, B.A., Western Washington College of Education; M.S., Uni
versity of Washington; Ph.D., Stanford University.
H elen H all, B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania.
Head Residents in Dormitories:
Eleanor W. Fernald, Woolman House; B.A., Swarthmore College, M.A., Harvard
University.
Carol T hompson, Robinson House; B.A., Swarthmore College; M.F.A., Yale Uni
versity.
J udith Anne Cooper, Worth Hall; B.A., University of London.
Virginia von Frankenberg, Parrish Hall; B.A., University of Nebraska.
M ayme R. W illiams, Willets Hall.
Secretaries to the Deans:
Emily Bonsall.
W inifred J. H all.
Mildred I rwin .
Myrtle R. Keeny, BA., Dickinson College.
Frances W ills Slaugh, B.A., Swarthmore College.
22
R egistrar’s O ffice
Registrar, J ohn M. M oore, B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary;
M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Secretaries, M arjorie L. W ebb, B.A., University of Delaware.
Rosamond W. G arrett, B.A., Wilson College.
L ib r a r y S t a f f
College Library
Acting Librarian: Martha A. Connor, B.S., M.A., University of Pennsylvania;
B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Acting Technical Services Librarian: Elizabeth L. H arrar, B.A., University of
Delaware; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Assistant Librarians:
Cataloging: D oris Beik , B.A., and B.S., in L.S., State University of New York
at Albany.
Mildred H irsch, B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
Elizabeth S. Sharpless, B.A., Swarthmore College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Order: Mary C. Kerbaugh, B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.S. in L.S.,
Drexel Institute.
Assistants: G ail C. T icknor, B. M us., New England Conservatory of Music;
D oris Pitman M oist, Conchita H ogan, Mary Bowers.
Readers Services Librarian: H oward H. W illiams, B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A.,
and B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
Assistant Librarians:
Circulation: Catherine J. Smith , B.A., Swarthmore College; B.S. in L.S.,
Drexel Institute.
G eorge K. H uber, B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.S. in L.S., Drexel
Institute.
Periodicals: M ary G. T ait, B.A., Wells College, B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Assistants: J osephine Smith, B.A., Swarthmore College; Anne P erkins, Uni
versity of Delaware; V irginia V on Frankenberg, B.A., University of
Nebraska; Lois Peterson, B.A., Oberlin College; J udith Anne Cooper,
B.A., University of London.
Science Librarian: Eleanor A. M aass, B.A., M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Assistant: Cornelia T. Stadler.
friends Historical Library
Director: Frederick B. T olles,+ B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard University;
D. Litt., Haverford College.
Associate Director: D orothy G. H arris, B.A., Wellesley College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel
Institute; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Secretarial Assistant: Elizabeth S. Macpherson, B.A., Ursinus College.
Swarthmore College Peace Collection:
Curator: Ardith L. Emmons, B.A., William Penn College; M.A., Mills College.
Assistant: Claire B. Shetter.
Honorary Curators of the Friends Historical Library
Anna Pettit Broomell, Frances Williams Browin, Henry J. Cadbury, Anna Griscom
Elkinton, LaVerne Forbush, Lucretia Franklin, James R. Frorer, William Hubben, Caroline
Biddle Malin, Gerald McDonald, Richmond P. Miller, Hadassah M. L. Parrot. Edith
Williams Way.
Advisory Council of the Swarthmore College Peace Collection
Courtney Smith, Chairman; Irwin Abrams, Anna Cox Brinton, Merle Curti, Alfred
Hassler, Emily Cooper Johnson, Ray Newton, Ernst Posner, Joseph B. Shane, Frederick B.
Tolies, E. Raymond Wilson, Norman Whitney.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1964-65.
23
Com pu ter C enter
Director, W illiam C. K err, B.S. and M.S., Michigan State University.
B u s in e s s O f f i c e
Associate Controller, Operational Planning, Andrew Simpson , B.A., Swarthmore College;
M.S., Cornell University.
Assistant Controller, Accounting and Finance, G. Caroline Shero, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Accountant, H arold L. Frederick, J r ., B.S., Juniata College.
Assistants, Anna J effries, Freda T homas, M argaret A. T hompson , Ellen R. Augsberger.
Assistant Controller, Purchasing and Personnel, Lewis T. Cook, J r., B.A., St. Lawrence
University; M.S., Pennsylvania State College.
Secretaries, Ruth B. W alker, M argaret R. Shaw .
Manager of Bookstore, N ormund L. Bandrevics, B.B.A., University of Latvia; Assistant,
D aisy S. J effery.
Stenographic Staff, M arian M. Ransburg, Marguerite Clifford, Olga A. H ummer,
Sally Chambers.
Switchboard Operators, J udy Grace Feiy, Ayme G osman, D orothy H. O lson.
Postmistress, V era B. M orrison.
H
D ir e c t o r ’s O f f i c e
o use
House Director, K athryn A. D avisson.
Assistants to the House Director, J une Carnall, Kathleen Friel, Edna B. H eale,
WOLTHERA HlENSCH, RACHEL WlLDEBUSH, MAYME R. WILLIAMS.
S u p e r i n t e n d e n t ’s O
f f ic e
Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds, W illiam M. Stanton, J r ., B.A., University
of Wisconsin.
Planning Engineer, J oseph E. Spafford, B.S., University of Missouri.
Director of Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation, J ohn C. W ister, B.A., Harvard
University; D.Sc., Swarthmore College.
Consulting Horticulturist, H arry W ood.
Assistants to the Superintendent, Franklin H. Briggs, B.A., Earlham College; Richardson
Fields, Clifford R enshaw, J r ., D avid M elrose.
Secretaries, V eronica Sullivan, Francis Kavanagh, Margaret R. Shaw .
A lum ni
F u n d O f f ic e s
and
Director, Kathryn Bassett.
Alumni Recorder, Adis Pratt.
Secretaries, Evelyn F. Byrd, Elizabeth Campbell, Elinor B. Eleniewski.
N
O
ew s
f f ic e
Director, M aralyn O rbison Gillespie, B.A., Swarthmore College.
Assistant Director, Virginia Bullitt.
Secretary, Mildred Strain .
V o c a t io n a l G
u id a n c e a n d
P lacem ent
Acting Director, Virginia Bullitt.
H
ealth
S e r v ic e
Physician, M orris A. Bowie , B.A., University of Colorado; M.D., Harvard University,
Associate College Physicians:
Kent F. Balls, B.A., Haverford College; M.D., Cornell University.
H arold C. Roxby, B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.D., Temple University.
Consulting Psychiatrists:
Leon J. Saul, B.A. and M.A., Columbia University; M.D., Harvard University.
J. W. Lyons, BA., University of Scranton; M.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Nurses:
Elizabeth Cozine, R.N., Elizabeth F. M cConnell , R.N., E. Elizabeth MeG eary, R.N., H elen R. Martin, R.N., Ida M oore T homas, R.N.
24
Introduction to Swarthmore C ollege
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by members of the Religious Society
of Friends, is a co-educational college occupying a campus of about 300 acres
of rolling wooded land in and adjacent to the borough of Swarthmore in Dela
ware County, Pennsylvania. It is a small college by deliberate policy. Its present
enrollment is about 975 students, of whom 450 are women and 525 are men.
The borough of Swarthmore is a residential suburb within half an hour’s com
muting distance of Philadelphia. Because of its location, Swarthmore College
students are able to combine the advantages of a semi-rural setting with the
opportunities offered by Philadelphia. Especially valuable is the cooperation made
possible with three other nearby institutions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford Col
leges and the University of Pennsylvania.
O b je c t iv e s
and
P u rpo ses
In accordance with the traditions of its Quaker background, Swarthmore stu
dents are expected to prepare themselves for full, balanced lives as individuals
and as responsible citizens through exacting intellectual study supplemented
by a varied program of sports and other extra-curricular activities.
The purpose of Swarthmore College is to make its students more valuable
human beings and more useful members of society. It shares this purpose with
other educational institutions, for American education is a direct outgrowth
of our democratic principles. While a common purpose underlies all American
education, each school and college and university seeks to realize that purpose
in its own way. Each must select those tasks it can do best. Only by such
selection can it contribute to the diversity and richness of educational opportu
nity which is part of the American heritage and the American strength.
A c a d e m ic C o m p e t e n c e
Democracy demands a broad base of intelligent understanding of issues. It
also necessitates a high order of excellence in those who are destined to become
its leaders. Swarthmore can best serve society by the maintenance of high stand
ards. It is peculiarly fitted by tradition and performance for this essential role,
and it is precisely this readiness to do a particular job well that gives the College
its value in the educational pattern of American democracy.
Education is largely an individual matter, for no two students are exactly
alike. Some need detailed help, while others profit from considerable freedom. I
The program of Honors study, in which Swarthmore pioneered, is designed to
give recognition to this fact. It is the most distinctive feature of the College’s
educational program. For many students, it provides an enriching and exciting
intellectual experience. It has as its main ingredients freedom from ordinary
classroom routine and close association with faculty members in small seminars,
concentrated work in broad fields of study, and maximum latitude for the devel
opment of individual responsibility. The Honors program and the Course
program are alternative systems of instruction for students during their last two
years. Both are designed to evoke the maximum effort and development from
26
each student, the choice of method being determined by individual need and
capacity.
T
he
R e l ig io u s T r a d it io n
Swarthmore College was founded by members of the Religious Society of
Friends, and it seeks to illuminate the life of its students with the spiritual
principles of that Society. Although it has been non-sectarian in control since
the beginning of the present century, and although the children of Friends com
pose a minority of the student body, the College seeks to preserve the religious
traditions out of which it sprang.
The essence of Quakerism is the individual’s responsibility for seeking truth
and for applying whatever truth he believes he has found. As a way of life,
it emphasizes hard work, simple living, and generous giving; personal integ
rity, social justice, and the peaceful settlement of disputes. The College does
not seek to impose on its students this Quaker view of life, or any other specific
set of convictions about the nature of things and the duty of man. It does,
however, have the two-fold aim of encouraging conscious concern about such
questions and unceasing re-examination of any view which may be held regard
ing them. That is the kind of ethical and religious character which Swarthmore
seeks to develop.
A college is never static. Its purposes and policies are always changing to
meet new demands and new conditions. The founders of Swarthmore would
find in it today many features which they never contemplated when they shaped
the College in the middle of the nineteenth century. Swarthmore, if it is to
remain effective, must be forever changing. The goal is to achieve for each
generation, by means appropriate to the times, that unique contribution and
that standard of excellence which have been the guiding ideals of Swarthmore
from its founding.
27
Admission
Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to the
Dean of Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania.
G e n e r a l St a t e m e n t
In the selection of students the college seeks those qualities of character,
social responsibility, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily concerned to
develop. It seeks them, not in isolation, but as essential elements in the whole
personality of candidates for admission.
It is also the policy of the college to have the student body represent not only
different parts of the United States but many foreign countries, both public
and private secondary schools, and various economic, social, religious, and
racial groups. Special effort is made to attract and assist qualified students from
disadvantaged minority groups.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple formula will be effective. The
task is to choose those who give promise of distinction in the quality of their
personal lives, in service to the community, or in leadership in their chosen
fields. Swarthmore College must choose its students on the basis of their indi
vidual future worth to society and of their collective realization of the purpose
of the college.
Admission to the freshman class is normally based upon the satisfactory com
pletion of a four-year secondary school program preparatory to advanced liberal
study. Under exceptional circumstances, students who have virtually completed
the normal four-year program in three years will be considered for admission,
provided they meet the competition of other candidates in general maturity as
well as readiness for a rigorous academic program.
All applicants are selected on the following evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
2. Recommendations from the school principal, headmaster, or guidance
counselor and from three additional persons.
3. Rating in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and in three Achievement Tests of
the College Entrance Examination Board.
4. Personal interview with one of the Deans or an appointed representative.
5. Reading and experience, both in school and out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in school, and in aptitude and
achievement tests, and should show strong intellectual interests. They should
also give evidence of sturdiness of character, promise of growth, initiative, seri
ousness of purpose, and a sense of social responsibility. As future members of
the college community, they should represent varied interests and backgrounds.
In the competition for admission preference is given to the sons and daughters
of Friends and alumni who can meet all the requirements.
28
P reparation
The College does not require a set plan of secondary school courses as prep
aration for its program. The election of specific subjects is left to the student
and his school advisers. In general, preparation should include:
1. Skills: The following skills are essential to success in college work and
should be brought to a high level by study and practice throughout the
preparatory period:
a. The use of the English language with accuracy and effectiveness in
reading, writing, and speaking.
b. The use of the principles of mathematics.
c. The use of one, or two, foreign languages to the point of reading prose
of average difficulty.
2. Subjects: All, or almost all, of the preparatory course should be com
posed of the subjects listed in the following four groups. Variations of
choice and emphasis are acceptable although some work should be taken
in each group.
History and Social Studies: American, English, European, and ancient his
tory; political, social, and economic problems of modern society.
Literature and A rt: American, English, and foreign literature; music; art.
Natural Science and Mathematics: chemistry, physics, biology, astronomy;
algebra, geometry, trigonometry. Those planning to major in engineer
ing should present work in chemistry, physics, and four years of mathe
matics including algebra, geometry and trigonometry.
Languages: English, Latin, Greek, German, French, Spanish, Russian,
other European or Oriental languages. Applicants who expect to major
in science are strongly advised to include German and, if possible,
French in their school programs.
A pplications
and
Examinations
Applications must be filed by January 15th of the year in which the candidate
wishes to be admitted. Swarthmore does not have an "early decision program.”
An application fee of $10.00, which is not refundable, is required of all
candidates, and is submitted with the preliminary application card.
All applicants for admission are required to take the Scholastic Aptitude Test
and three Achievement Tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board.
The Scholastic Aptitude Test should normally be taken in December or January
of the senior year.
Achievement Tests must be taken not later than January of the senior year.
English Composition is required and the other two Achievement Tests should
be chosen by the candidate from two different fields. Applicants for Engineering
must take one achievement test in Mathematics. The W riting Sample will not be
accepted as one of the three examinations.
Candidates who take Achievement Tests in May of the junior year in subjects
29
completed by that time may submit the results to the Admission Office, but
it is strongly recommended that the English Composition and at least one other
Achievement Test be taken in December or January of the senior year.
In 1964-65 these tests will be given in various centers throughout this country
and abroad on December 5, January 9, March 6, May 1, and July 14. Appli
cation to take these tests should be made directly to the College Entrance Exami
nation Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. A bulletin of information may
be obtained without charge from the Board. Students who wish to be examined
in any of the following western states, provinces, and Pacific areas—Alaska,
Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico,
Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba,
Saskatchewan, Mexico, Australia, and all Pacific Islands including Formosa and
Japan—should address their inquiries and send their applications to the Col
lege Entrance Examination Board, Box 27896, Los Angeles 27, California.
Application should be made to the Board at least a month before the date on
which the test will be taken.
No additional tests are required of candidates for scholarships. Information
concerning financial aid will be found on pages 33-41.
T h e I n t e r v ie w
An admissions interview with a representative of the College is a requirement
in making application to Swarthmore. Applicants are expected to take the initia
tive in arranging for this interview. Those who can reach Swarthmore with no
more than a half day’s trip are urged to make an appointment to visit the College
for this purpose.* Other applicants may request a meeting with an alumni
representative in their own area. Interviews should be completed before March 1
of the senior year. Candidates are not interviewed until the latter part of the
junior year. Candidates will not be able to have campus interviews from March 1
to mid-April but a tour of the campus may be arranged during this period. Ap
pointments at the College can be made by calling or writing the Office of Ad
missions, KI 3-0200, Ext. 445.
A d m is s io n D
e c is io n s
Notices of the action of the Admissions Committees will be mailed about
April 15.
A dvanced P l a c e m e n t
Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or placement in particular courses
if they have taken college level courses and the Advanced Placement Tests of
the College Entrance Examination Board. Decisions are made by the depart
ments concerned. Every effort is made to place students in the most advanced
courses for which they are qualified.
* To reach the college from the New Jersey Turnpike, motorists should leave by Exit 3, cross the
Walt Whitman Bridge, take Pa. Route 291 past the airport to Route 420, turn right on 420 to Baltimore
Pike, turn left and proceed to the intersection with Route 320. Turn left and follow the signs of the
college. From the Pennsylvania Turnpike, take the Valley Forge exit and follow Routes 43, 23 and 320
to the campus.
30
A pplications
for
T ransfer
The college accepts a very limited number of transfer students. For favorable
consideration, applicants for transfer must have had a good scholastic record
in the institution attended and must present full credentials for both college
and preparatory work, including a statement of honorable dismissal. They
must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the College Entrance Examina
tion Board if this test has not been taken previously.
As a general practice, transfer students are not admitted to advanced standing
later than the beginning of the sophomore year. Four semesters of study at
Swarthmore College constitute the minimum requirement for a degree, two of
which must be those of the senior year. Applications for transfer must be filed
by March 15 of the year in which entrance is desired. Decisions on these applica
tions are announced early in June. Students admitted by transfer are not eligible
for financial assistance during their first year at Swarthmore.
31
Expenses
Charges for the academic year 1964-65 (two semesters) :
Board, room and tuition ...............................................
General fee ......................................................................
$2,500*
160
Total charges...............................................................................
$2,660
While a general charge for board, room and tuition is made, this may be di
vided into $1,600 for tuition, $370 for room and $530 for board. The general fee
of $160 per year covers the costs of student health, library and laboratory fees,
athletic fees, arts and crafts, and the support of several other extra-curricular
activities.
One half of the total sum is due not later than Registration Day at the be
ginning of the fall semester. Bills are mailed before the opening of the current
term. Payments should be made by check or draft to the order of S w a r t h m o r e
C o l l e g e . A student is not a registered student at Swarthmore College, nor
on any class roll, until his bill is paid. Correspondence about financial matters
should be addressed to Miss G. Caroline Shero, Assistant Controller.
Students who wish to charge Book Store purchases, laboratory breakage fees,
etc., may do so by m a in tainin g a student deposit account at the Business Office
against which charge checks may be drawn. Cash withdrawals may also be
made. Students will be notified when overdrafts occur and no cash withdrawals
may be made unless a cash balance is maintained. A minimum deposit of $75.00
in September is suggested and all students are urged to maintain such an account
for their convenience.
No reduction or refunding of tuition can be made on account of absence, ill
ness, voluntary withdrawal, or dismissal from college. No reduction or refund
will be made for failure to occupy the room assigned for a given term, nor is
the general fee refundable. In case of absence or withdrawal from the college
and provided due notice has been given in advance to the Business Office, there
will be a refund of two-thirds of the board charge for any time in excess of
two weeks. Exceptions will be made for students who are required by the draft
to leave during the course of the academic year. In these cases tuition, general
fee, board and room charges will be refunded on a pro rata basis.
T u it io n P a y m e n t P l a n s
Many of the parents of students may wish to pay all tuition, fees, and resi
dence charges on a monthly basis. It is possible to arrange this under certain
alternative plans. The cost is 2% % to 6% greater than when payments are
made in cash in advance. Details of the plans will be furnished by the College
prior to issuance of the first semester’s bill in September.
* An advance deposit of $25 is required of all new students in order to reserve a place in college fa
the coming year. A similar deposit of $15 is required of returning students. These deposits are credit»
against the bill for tuition, board, and room.
32
P h ilip T . S h a r p ie s D in in g H a l l
A c c id e n t
and
S ic k n e s s I n s u r a n c e
The college makes available both accident and accident and sickness insur
ance to students through John C. Paige & Company of Boston, Massachusetts.
Accident coverage alone costs $6.50 per year (12 months) for women, and
$12.50 for men. The combined accident and sickness policy is available at an
annual cost of $23.50 for women and $27.50 for men. At least accident cover
age is required of all students who participate in intercollegiate athletic activities
and the combined accident and sickness policy is particularly recommended.
Application forms are mailed to all students during the summer.
Financial Aid
The college assigns scholarships to a substantial number of students each year.
These awards are normally made to entering freshman students and are renew
able for four years. About eighty freshman scholarships are awarded carrying
stipends varying from $100 to $2,300 annually. Approximately thirty per cent
of the total student body are currently receiving scholarship aid from the College,
with stipends averaging about $1,050 annually. Another ten to fifteen per cent
are being assisted from sources outside the College.
All grants are based upon school or college record, and upon financial need
as revealed in confidential statements to the Scholarship Committee through
the agency of the College Scholarship Service. The Scholarship Committee re
views the financial situation and academic progress of every scholarship holder at
the end of each academic year before renewing the awards. In computing sti
pends, the committee takes into account normal family contribution, the student’s
savings and summer earnings, budgeting against a normal total expense of $3,060
for the college year ($2,660 for inclusive college fees, $400 for travel and
incidental expenses). The College reserves the right to adjust college stipends
in the event the student receives scholarship assistance from other sources. First
year transfer students are not eligible for scholarship aid.
Candidates wishing to apply for scholarships should make the usual applica
tion for admission. All applicants for admission are given the opportunity to
apply for scholarship aid. The candidate’s status with respect to need for scholar
ship is not considered to be a relevant factor in the matter of reaching decisions
concerning admission to the college.
For the academic year 1964-65 the college has granted approximately $300,000
in scholarships. About one-half of that sum was provided by special gifts and
the endowed scholarships listed below. Applicants are not required to apply
for specific scholarships but will be considered for all scholarship opportunities
either from endowed scholarships or from general college scholarship funds.
S c h o l a r s h ip s
for
M
en
O p e n S c h o l a r s h ip s f o r M e n . Swarthmore College awards each year ap
proximately five four-year Open Scholarships to men entering the freshman
class. These scholarships, based on the general plan of the Rhodes Scholar
ships, are given to candidates who, in the opinion of the Committee of Award,
rank highest in scholarship, character and personality. The amount of the
33
annual award varies from $100 to $2,300 according to the financial need of
the winner.
The T homas B. M cCabe A chievement A wards, established by Thomas B.
McCabe 15, are awarded to freshman men from the Delmarva Peninsula and
Northern New England (Maine, New Hampshire, or Vermont) who give prom
ise of leadership. In making selections, the Committee will place emphasis on
ability, character, personality, and service to school and community. Two awards,
providing a minimum annual grant of $1,600 or up to $2,300 depending on
need, will be made to residents of Delaware or the Eastern Shore counties of
Maryland or Virginia. One award, providing an annual grant of up to $2,300
depending on need, will be made to a resident of Maine, New Hampshire, or
Vermont.
The P hilip T. Sharples Scholarship, a four-year scholarship open to entering freshmen, is designed to honor and encourage young men in engineering
or physical science. The committee, in making its selections, will have regard
for candidates who rank highest in scholarship, character, personality, leadership,
and physical vigor. At least one scholarship will be given each year with a maxi
mum grant of $2,300.
The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by Jacob T. Schless of the Class
of 1914 at Swarthmore College, was offered for the first time in 1950. This
scholarship is in honor of a former distinguished Professor of Engineering
and, therefore, students who plan to major in engineering will be given prefer
ence. An award is made annually. The stipend provides a maximum of $1,500
a year for four years.
The N ewton E. T arble A ward, established by Newton E. Tarble of the
Class of 1913, is granted annually to a freshman man who gives promise of
leadership, ranks high in scholarship, character and personality, and resides (but
not necessarily attends school) in Coles or Clark County in the State of Illinois.
If there are no suitable applicants from Coles or Clark Counties, the committee
will consider other applicants from the State of Illinois residing in its capital
or south of it. The stipend is set at a minimum of $1,100 annually for four
years, and may exceed this amount, depending on the individual’s need.
The A aron B. I vins Scholarship is awarded annually to a young man of
the graduating class of Friends Central School, Overbrook, Philadelphia. This
scholarship is awarded by the faculty of Friends Central School, and is subject
to the approval of Swarthmore College. The fund provides approximately
$1,100 annually.
The H oward Cooper J ohnson Scholarship, established by Howard Cooper
Johnson ’96, provides a stipend of approximately $750 a year. It is awarded
on the basis of all-around achievement to a male undergraduate who is a member
of the Society of Friends.
The T. H. D udley P erkins M emorial Scholarship is awarded annually
to an entering freshman on the basis of qualities of manhood, force of char
acter and leadership; literary and scholastic ability; physical vigor as shown by
34
participation in out-of-doors sports or in other ways. It has a maximum value
of $800.
The Christian R. and M ary F. Lindback F oundation Scholarship pro
vides $1,500 for the year 1963-64, to be awarded to deserving students from the
States of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware or Maryland.
The W illiam G. and Mary N. Serrill H onors Scholarship is a com
petitive Scholarship for Men, awarded to a candidate for admission to the col
lege, based upon the general plan of the Rhodes Scholarships. The annual
stipend is $375. Preference will be given to men who are residents of Alding
ton Township, including Jenkintown and Glenside, Montgomery County, Pa.
The Sarah K aighn Cooper Scholarship, founded by Sallie K. Johnson in
memory of her grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is awarded to a
man in the Junior Class who is judged by the faculty to have had, since entering
College, the best record for scholarship, character, and influence. The value
of this scholarship is approximately $225 annually.
The D onald R enwick F erguson Scholarship, established by Mrs. Amy
Baker Ferguson, in memory of her husband, Donald Renwick Ferguson, M.D.,
of the Class of 1912, is awarded to a young man who is looking forward to
the study of medicine. The scholarship provides $600 annually.
The P eter M ertz Scholarship carries a stipend of approximately $500 a
year for four years and is awarded to an entering freshman outstanding in mental
and physical vigor, who shows promise of spending these talents for the good
of the college community and of the larger community outside. The award
was established in 1955 by Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory of
Peter Mertz, who was a member of the class of 1957.
The A nthony Beekman P ool Scholarship. This scholarship, carrying a
stipend of $350 annually, is awarded to an incoming freshman man of promise
and intellectual curiosity. It is given in memory of Tony Pool of the Class of
1959.
Scholarships for W omen
O pen Scholarships for W om en . Mr. and Mrs. Daniel S. White, of the
Class of 1875, on the occasion of the Fiftieth Reunion of that class, established
three open competitive scholarships for women. These scholarships are given
to candidates who, in the opinion of the Committee of Award, rank highest
in scholarship, character and personality. The amount of the award varying from
$100 to $2,300 is based upon financial need.
The A lumnae Scholarship, established by the Philadelphia and New York
Alumnae Clubs, is awarded on the same basis as the Open Scholarships. It is
awarded for one year.
The A nnie Shoemaker Scholarship is granted annually to a young woman
of the graduating class of Friends Central School, Overbrook, Philadelphia.
This scholarship is awarded by the faculty of Friends Central School, and is sub
ject to the approval of Swarthmore College. The fund earns $1,200 annually.
35
The Clara B. M arshall Scholarship, established by the will of Dr. Clara
B. Marshall, is awarded to a woman at Swarthmore College with preference
given to descendants of her grandfathers, Abram Marshall or Mahlon Phillip.!
The amount of the scholarship is approximately $800 per year.
The G eorge K. and Sallie K. J ohnson F und provides $750 a year, to be
used in granting financial aid during the senior year for young women who are
fitted to become desirable teachers.
The M ary Coates P reston Scholarship F und . A sum of money has been
left by will of Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest of which provides about
$850. This amount is given as a scholarship to a young woman student in
Swarthmore College. Preference is given to a relative of the donor.
The H arriet W. Paiste F und provides a scholarship of approximately $600
a year for a young woman who is a member of the Society of Friends (Phila
delphia Yearly Meeting).
The M ary T. Longstreth Scholarship was founded by Rebecca C. Longstreth in memory of her mother and is to be awarded annually to assist a young
woman student to pursue her studies in the College. The value of this scholar
ship is approximately $375 annually.
The J essie Stevenson K ovalenko Scholarship F und , the gift of Michel
Kovalenko in memory of his wife, provides an annual income of $650. This
sum is to be awarded to a student, preferably a woman, who is in her junior or
senior year and who is a major in astronomy, or to a graduate of the college,
preferably a woman, for graduate work in astronomy at Swarthmore or elsewhere.
The income of the K appa A lpha T heta Scholarship F und , given by mem
bers and friends of the Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarthmore, is awarded
annually to a woman student. The award amounts to approximately $275 an
nually.
The M ary W ood F und provides approximately $100 a year and may be
awarded to a young woman who is preparing to become a teacher.
Scholarships O pen
to
M en
and
W omen
The Frank and M arie A ydelotte Scholarship is awarded biennially to
a new student who shows promise of distinguished intellectual attainment based
upon sound character and effective personality. The maximum annual stipend
is set at $1,750, and is renewable for the full period of undergraduate study.
The award is made in honor of Frank Aydelotte, President of the College from
1921-1940, and originator of the Honors program at Swarthmore, and of Marie
Osgood Aydelotte, his wife.
The Curtis Bok Scholarship was established in the College’s Centennial
Year 1964 in honor of the late Philadelphia attorney, author and jurist, who
was a Quaker and honorary alumnus of Swarthmore. The scholarship is assigned
annually to a junior or senior man or woman whose qualities of mind and char
acter indicate a potential for humanitarian service such as Curtis Bok himself
rendered and would have wished to develop in young people. Students in any
36
field of study, and from any part of this country or from abroad, are eligible.
The appointment provides a stipend of up to $2300 annually, depending on
need, and is renewable until graduation.
The Edna Pownall B uffington F und was established during the College’s
Centennial Year of 1964. The income from this Fund is used to provide schol
arships for a student or students attending Swarthmore College who are con
centrating their studies in the field of the social sciences and who indicate an
interest in the objects or purposes of the American Friends Service Committee
and a desire following their graduation and post-graduate work to serve in
those fields. Awards are made to students in any of the four classes.
The K atherine Scherman Scholarship, to be offered for the first time
in 1964, is awarded to a student with a primary interest in the arts and the hu
manities, having special talents in these fields. Students with other special
interests, however, will not be excluded from consideration. Awarded in honor
of Katherine Scherman Rosin, of the Class of 1938, it is renewable for the full
period of undergraduate study, and carries a maximum annual stipend of
$2,300.
The Scott A ward at Swarthmore . A scholarship established by the Scott
Paper Co. of Chester, Pa., in honor of its former president, Arthur Hoyt Scott
of the Class of 1895. Given for the first time in 1953, it is awarded annually
to an outstanding sophomore who plans to enter business after graduation and
who demonstrates the qualities of scholarship, character, personality, leadership,
and physical vigor. The award provides the recipient with $1,500 for each of
his last two years in college.
The Francis W. D ’O lier Scholarship, in memory of Francis W. D ’Olier
of the Class of 1907, is awarded to a freshman man or woman. In making se
lections, the committee will place emphasis on character, personality and ability.
The amount of the award depends on the applicant’s need and will have a maxi
mum value of about $1,000 a year.
The Stella and C harles G uttman Foundation Scholarships were es
tablished in 1964 by a grant from the Foundation to provide scholarships to
defray all or part of the cost of tuition and fees for students who require financial
assistance. Preference is given to students of recognized ability who have com
pleted two academic years of college and who are contemplating graduate or
professional study. The scholarships are renewable for a second year.
The Ida and D aniel Lang Scholarship established by their son, Eugene
M. Lang of the Class of 1938, provides $1,000 annually for a man or woman
who ranks high in scholarship, character and personality and who has need for
financial assistance.
The Adele M ills Riley M emorial Scholarship, founded by her husband,
John R. Riley, will be awarded for the first time for the academic year 1964-65.
Under the provisions of this scholarship, one award carrying a stipend of up
to $1200 annually and subject to renewal will be made to a deserving student,
man or woman. Selection will stress the candidate’s capacity for significant
development of his or her interests and talents during the college years. Quali
37
ties of intellectual promise as well as potential for service will be sought in
making this appointment.
The Louis N. Robinson Scholarship was established during the College’s
Centennial year by the family and friends of Louis N. Robinson. Mr. Robinson
was for many years a member of the Swarthmore College faculty and founder of
the Economics Discussion Group. A member of the junior or senior class who
has demonstrated interest and ability in the study of Economics is chosen for
this award. The amount of the stipend will vary according to financial need.
The A udrey Friedman T roy Scholarship, established by her husband,
Melvin B. Troy ’48, is awarded to a freshman man or woman with preference
given to residents of the town of North Hempstead, Nassau County, New York.
The scholarship is renewable for four years at the discretion of the College. In
awarding the scholarship, prime consideration is given to the ability of the
prospective scholar to profit from a Swarthmore education, and to be a con
tributor to the College and ultimately to society.
The G eneral M otors Scholarship provides a stipend of up to $2,000
depending upon need and is awarded by the Scholarship Committee to an in
coming freshman man or woman who is a citizen of the United States. Selection
is made on the basis of the high school academic record, participation in extra
curricular activities, and evidence of leadership qualities.
The M idwest S c h o l a r s h ip s , carrying a maximum stipend of $ 2 ,3 0 0 , are
awarded each year to one man and one woman applicant who resides in Illinois,
Indiana, Michigan or Wisconsin. Winners will be selected on the basis of their
potential contribution to the academic and extracurricular life of the College.
The M arshall P. Sullivan Scholarship F und , established by Creth and
Sullivan, Inc. in memory of Marshall P. Sullivan of the Class of 1897, provides
$1,000 annually for one or more scholarships. Preference will be given to grad
uates of George School, but if no suitable candidate applies from this school,
graduates of other Friends schools or other persons will be eligible.
The RCA Scholarship, provided by the Radio Corporation of America, is
awarded to a young man or woman who is making a creditable academic record
in the field of science or engineering at the undergraduate level. This scholar
ship provides $800 a year and the appointment is usually made for the junior
or senior year.
The E. H ibberd Lawrence Scholarship provides approximately $700 a
year for a scholarship to an incoming freshman man or woman who ranks high
•in scholarship, character, and personality and who has need for. financial assist
ance.
The Edward S. Bower M emorial Scholarship, established by Mr. and
Mrs. Ward T. Bower in memory of their son, Class of ’42, is awarded annually
to a man or woman student who ranks high in scholarship, character, and per
sonality, and who has need for financial assistance. The fund provides $1,300
per year.
38
The Cornelia Chapman Pittenger Scholarship established by her family
and friends provides approximately $1,000 a year for a scholarship to an in
coming freshman man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, character and
personality and who has need for financial assistance.
The D aniel U nderhill Scholarship, given by Daniel Underhill *94, in
memory of his grandfather, Daniel Underhill, member of the first Board of
Managers, provides $500 annually for a deserving student in need of financial
aid.
The Edward Clarkson W ilson and Elizabeth T. W ilson Scholarship
provides $500 annually for a deserving student in need of financial aid.
The Rachel W. H illborn Scholarship was founded by Anne Hillborn
Philips of the Class of 1892 in memory of her mother, with the stipulation
that the income shall go to a student in the junior or senior class who is study
ing for service in the international field. Preference will be given to a Friend
or to one who intends to contribute to world understanding through diplomatic
service, participation in some international government agency, the American
Friends Service Committee, or similar activities. The annual income amounts to
approximately $750.
The J onathan K. T aylor Scholarship, in accordance with the donor’s
will, is awarded by the Board of Trustees of the Baltimore Monthly Meeting
of Friends. This scholarship is first open to descendants of the late Jonathan
K. Taylor. Then, while preference is to be given to members of the Baltimore
Yearly Meetings of Friends, it is not to be confined to them when suitable per
sons in membership cannot be found. The fund provides approximately $675
annually.
The Phebe A nna T horne F und provides an income of approximately
$3,800 for scholarships for students needing pecuniary assistance whose previous
work has demonstrated their earnestness and their ability. This gift includes a
clause of preference to those students who are members of the New York Monthly
Meeting of Friends.
The W estbury Q uarterly M eeting , N. Y., Scholarship, is awarded an
nually by a committee of that Quarterly Meeting. The fund provides $325 an
nually.
The Sarah A ntrim Cole Scholarship was founded by her parents in mem
ory of Sarah Antrim Cole of the Class of 1934. It is awarded to a graduate of
the Worthington High School, Worthington, Ohio, or of the North High
School, Columbus, Ohio. The scholarship provides a maximum grant of $500
a year.
The Lafore Scholarship is awarded in memory of John A. Lafore of the
Class of 1895. The college in granting this scholarship will give preference to
qualified candidates who show need of financial assistance and who are descend
ants of Amand and Margaret White Lafore. The value of the scholarship is
approximately $500 a year.
39
The J ames E. M iller Scholarship. Under the will of Arabella M. Miller
approximately $200 is available annually for students from Delaware County
(with preference for residents of Nether Providence Township).
The Edward Clarkson W ilson Scholarship. A scholarship has been
established at Swarthmore by friends of Edward Clarkson Wilson, ’91, formerly
Principal of the Baltimore Friends School. It will be awarded each year to a
former student of the Baltimore Friends School, who has been approved by
the faculty of the school, on the basis of high character and high standing in
scholarship.
The Chi O mega Scholarship provides an award of approximately $325
annually to a member of the freshman class who is in definite need of financial
aid. Preference is given to daughters or sons of members of the fraternity.
The D elta G amma Scholarship provides an annual income of approxi
mately $165. This sum is to be awarded to a blind student at Swarthmore Col
lege in need of financial assistance. In any year in which there is no such candi
date the fund may be awarded to a freshman woman.
The K appa K appa G amma Scholarship provides an award of approxi
mately $350 annually to a member of the freshman class who is in need of finan
cial aid. Preference is given to relatives of members of the fraternity.
The Samuel W illets F und . This fund provides an annual income of ap
proximately $8,700 for scholarships. A portion of the fund is assigned for
scholarships in the name of Mr. Willets’ children, Frederick Willets, Edward
Willets, Walter Willets, and Caroline W. Frame.
The I. V. W illiamson Scholarship. These scholarships provide an in
come of about $2,000 annually. Preference is given to graduates of Friends
Central, George School, New York Friends Seminary, Baltimore Friends School,
Wilmington Friends School, Moorestown Friends School, Friends Academy at
Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School and Brooklyn Friends School.
The income from each of the following funds is awarded at the discretion of
the college to students needing financial aid:
The Barclay G. A tkinson Scholarship F und .
The R ebecca M. A tkinson Scholarship F und .
The C lass of 1913 Scholarship F und .
The Class of 1914 Scholarship F und .
The C lass of 1915 Scholarship F und .
The Class of 1917 Scholarship F und .
The W illiam D orsey Scholarship F und .
The G eorge Ellsler Scholarship F und .
The J oseph E. G illingham F und .
The T homas L. Leedom Scholarship F und .
The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund .
The Mark E. R eeves Scholarship F und .
The Frank Solomon M emorial Scholarship Fund .
40
The Mary Sproul Scholarship F und .
The H elen Squier Scholarship F und .
The Francis H olmes Strozier M emorial Scholarship F und .
The J oseph T. Sullivan Scholarship F und .
The D eborah F. W harton Scholarship F und .
The T homas W oodnut Scholarship F und .
Loan F unds
Swarthmore participates in the federal loan program established under the
National Defense Education Act. The College also maintains special loan funds
which are listed below. Students in good standing who do not receive sufficient
scholarship assistance to meet financial need are encouraged to apply for loans
through the financial aid officer. Repayment of College loans begins one year
after the student completes his higher education and are repayable within the next
eleven years. The loans bear annual interest of 3% on the unpaid balance
beginning with the date on which repayment is to begin. Amounts vary according to need, although the College believes that students should avoid heavy
indebtedness which might prove detrimental to their own plans. The amount
of a loan may not exceed $1,000 annually. For the year 1964-65 the College
has made approximately 70 loans in amounts averaging about $500.
Special Loan F unds
The Class of 1 9 16 Loan F und .
The Class of 1920 Loan F und .
The Class of 1936 Loan F und .
The J oh n A. M iller Loan F und .
The Paul M. P earson Loan F und .
The Ellis D. W illiams F und .
The Swarthmore College Student Loan Fund .
Student Employment affords opportunity to earn money by regular work
at current wage rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories or libraries. A
student may hold a college job in addition to a scholarship or a grant-in-aid.
The distribution of jobs among those authorized to hold them is made by the
Student Employment office. Residents of the borough of Swarthmore often send
requests for services to the college, which cooperates in making these opportu
nities known to students. About one-third of the students enrolled in college
obtain employment regularly through the office. Earnings are restricted by the
time a student can spend, though many students earn as much as $200-$30Q
during the college year, and some earn up to $500.
41
Educational Resources
The primary educational resources of any college are the quality of its faculty
and the spirit of the institution. Second to these are the physical facilities, in
particular the libraries, laboratories and equipment.
Laboratories, well equipped for undergraduate instruction and in some cases
for research, exist in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psychology, astronomy,
and in civil, mechanical and electrical engineering. The Sproul Observatory,
with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is the center of much fundamental
research in multiple star systems. The Edward Martin Biological Laboratory
provides exceptional facilities for work in psychology, zoology, botany, and pre
medical studies. The Pierre S. du Pont Science Building, completed in I960,
provides superior accommodations for chemistry, mathematics, and physics.
Beardsley and Hicks Halls contain the engineering laboratories. The Bartol Re
search Foundation of the Franklin Institute, which is also located on the campus,
enjoys an international reputation for its basic research activities in physics, par
ticularly in the fields of nuclear physics, cosmic radiation, and solid state physics.
The Swarthmore College Library, in part the gift of Andrew Carnegie,
contains reading rooms, offices' apd sn collection of 232,000 volumes. Some
8,400 volumes are added annually. About 1,235 periodicals are received regu
larly. The general collection, including all but the scientific and technical books
and journals, is housed in the library building, situated on the front campus.
An addition providing storeroom for 150,000 volumes was erected in 1935.
The duPont Science Library, new in 1960, houses some 21,000 books and jour
nals in chemistry, engineering, mathematics and physics. The library is defi
nitely a collection of books and journals for undergraduate use. The demands
of Honors work, however, make necessary the provision of large quantities of
source material not usually found in collections maintained for undergraduates.
It is a point of library policy to try to supply, either by purchase or through
inter-library loan, the books needed by students or members of the faculty for
their individual research.
In addition, the library contains certain special collections—the British Ameri
cana collection, the Wells Wordsworth and Thomson collections, and a collec
tion of the issuances of 561 private presses.
A number of special features enrich the academic background of the college.
Among these are the following:
The Biddle M emorial Library is an attractive fireproof structure of stone
and steel given by Clement M. Biddle, ’96, in memory of his father, Clement
M. Biddle, who served for over twenty years as a member of the Board of Man
agers or as an officer of the Corporation of the College. This building houses
the Friends Historical Library, which includes the Swarthmore College Peace
Collection.
42
The Friends H istorical Library, founded in 1871 by Anson Lapham, is
one of the outstanding collections in the United States of manuscripts, books,
pamphlets, and pictures relating to the history of the Society of Friends. The
library is a depository ror records of Friends Meetings belonging to Philadel
phia Yearly Meeting. More than 1,900 record books have been deposited; many
of them have been reproduced on microfilm, for which three reading machines
are available. The William Wade Hinshaw Index to Quaker Meeting Records
indexes the material of genealogical interest in the records of 307 meetings in
various parts of the United States. Notable among the other holdings are the
Whittier Collection (first editions and manuscripts of John Greenleaf Whittier,
the Quaker poet), the Mott Manuscripts (over 400 autograph letters of Lucretia
Mott, antislavery and women’s rights leader), and the Hicks Manuscripts (more
than 300 letters of Elias Hicks, a famous Quaker minister). The Library’s col
lection of books and pamphlets by and about Friends numbers approximately
20,000 volumes. About 136 Quaker periodicals are currently received. There
is also an extensive collection of photographs of meeting houses and pictures
of representative Friends. It is hoped that Friends and others will consider the
advantages of giving to this Library any books and family papers which may
throw light on the history of the Society of Friends.
The Swarthmore College P eace Collection is of special interest to
research students and others seeking the records of the Peace Movement. The
personal papers of Jane Addams of Hull House, Chicago, (approximately 10,000
items) formed the original nucleus of the Collection, which now contains docu
mentation on the history of the organized peace movement from its beginnings
circa 1815, to the present time, as well as correspondence and writings of many
workers for international peace and arbitration. The Collection includes files
of some 750 peace periodicals published in the United States and abroad over
the past 140 years; approximately 130 such periodicals in eleven languages are
currently received from twenty-five countries. This collection is the official deposi
tory for the archives of the leading peace organization in the United States. A
more complete description of the Collection will be found in the Guide to the
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, published by the College and available
for loan on request.
The W illiam J. Cooper Foundation provides a varied program of lectures
and concerts which enriches the academic work of the college. The Foundation
was established by William J. Cooper, a devoted friend of the college, whose
wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served as a member of the Board of Managers
from 1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the college the sum of $100,000
and provided that the income should be used "in bringing to the college from
time to time eminent citizens of this and other countries who are leaders in
statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences, learned professions and business, in
order that the faculty, students and the college community may be broadened
by a closer acquaintance with matters of world interest.” Admission to all pro
grams is without charge.
The Cooper Foundation Committee works with the departments and with
student organizations in arranging single lectures and concerts, and also in
43
bringing to the college speakers of note who remain in residence for a long
enough period to enter into the life of the community. Some of these speakers
have been invited with the understanding that their lectures should be published
under the auspices of the Foundation. This arrangement has so far produced
sixteen volumes:
Lindsay, Alexander Dunlop. The Essentials of Democracy. Philadelphia,
University of Pennsylvania Press, 1929.
Lowes, John Livingston. Geoffrey Chaucer and the Development of His
Genius. New York, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1934.
Weyl, Hermann. Mind and Nature. Philadelphia, University of Pennsyl
vania Press, 1934.
Americas Recovery Program, by A. A. Berle, Jr., John Dickinson, A. Heath
Onthank . . . and others . . . London, New York, etc., Oxford University
Press, 1934.
Salter, Arthur S., baron. World Trade and Its Future. Philadelphia, Uni
versity of Pennsylvania Press, 1936.
Madariaga, Salvador de. Theory and Practice in International Relations.
Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1937.
Streit, Clarence Kirshman. Union Now; a Proposal for a Federal Union of
the Democracies of the North Atlantic. New York, Harper, 1939.
Krogh, August. The Comparative Physiology of Respiratory Mechanisms.
Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1941.
Griffith, Ernest Stacey. The Modern Government in Action. New York,
Columbia University Press, 1942.
Linton, Ralph. The Cultural Background of Personality. New York, London,
D. Appleton-Century Co., 1945.
Wilcox, Clair, Editor. Civil Liberties Under Attack. A series of lectures
given in 1950-51. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1951.
Redfield, Robert. Peasant Society and Culture; A n Anthropological Ap
proach to Civilization. Chicago, The University of Chicago Press, 1956.
Weatherford, Willis D., Jr., Editor. The Goals of Higher Education. A
series of lectures given in the spring of 1958. Cambridge: Harvard University
Press, I960.
Lovejoy, Arthur Oncken. Reflections on Human Nature. Baltimore: Johns
Hopkins University Press, 1961.
Rhys, Hedley H., Editor. Seventeenth Century Science and the Arts, Princeton:
Princeton University Press, 1962.
Brandt, Richard B., Editor. Social Justice. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall,
1962.
44
The A rthur H oyt Scott H orticultural Foundation . About three
hundred acres are contained in the College property, including a large tract of
woodland and the valley of Crum Creek. Much of this tract has been developed
as an horticultural and botanical collection of trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants
through the provisions of the Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation, estab
lished in 1929 by Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and Margaret Moon as a
memorial to Arthur Hoyt Scott of the Class of 1895. The plant collections are
designed both to afford examples of the better kinds of trees, shrubs and herba
ceous plants which are hardy in the climate of Eastern Pennsylvania and suit
able for planting by the average gardener, and to beautify the campus. There
are exceptionally fine displays of Japanese cherries, flowering crab apples and
tree peonies, and a great variety of lilacs, rhododendrons, azaleas, daffodils,
irises, herbaceous peonies, hemerocallis and chrysanthemums. Many donors have
contributed generously to the collections. (For full information see Bulletin of
Swarthmore College, Vol. xxxvii, No. 5.)
T he A rts Center , opened in 1961, contains the Paul M. Pearson Experimen
tal Theater, the Florence Wilcox Lobby for art exhibitions, the Dorothy Hunt
Music Room, and studios for various arts and crafts. The Class of 1910 Room
provides suitable quarters for student government, and other rooms are pro
vided for student publications and other extra-curricular activities.
The Bronson M. Cutting M emorial Collection of R ecorded M usic
was established at Swarthmore College in 1936 by a gift of approximately four
thousand phonograph records, a radio-phonograph, books and musical scores,
from the family of Bronson Murray Cutting, late Senator from New Mexico.
Its object is to make the best recorded music available to the undergraduates,
faculty, and friends of Swarthmore College, in cooperation with the work of
the college Department of Music. The collection is kept up to date with cur
rent additions.
The Benjam in W est Lecture, made possible by gifts from members of
the class of 1905 and other friends of the College, is given annually on some
phase of art. It is the outgrowth of the Benjamin West Society which built
up a collection of paintings, drawings, and prints, which are exhibited, as space
permits, in the college buildings. The lecture owes its name to the American
artist, who was born in a house which stands on the campus and who became
president of the Royal Academy.
T he Potter Collection of Recorded Literature, established in 1950
with accumulated income from the William Plummer Potter Public Speaking
Fund, includes a wide variety of recorded poetry, drama and prose. Among the
700 titles on disc and tape are contemporary writers reading from and discussing
their works; full length versions of Shakespearean plays and other dramatic
repertoire; the literature of earlier periods read both in modern English and
in the pronunciation of the time; British and American ballads; lyrical verse
in musical settings; and recordings of literary programs held at Swarthmore.
These materials are used as adjuncts to the study of literature. They are made
45
available at regular hours to all members of the college community by a student
committee which administers the Potter Room in Bond, where most of the col
lection and the amplifiers are housed. The Department of English Literature
is in charge of the collection and selects current additions.
The Betty D ougherty Spock M emorial F und , established through the
generosity of friends of the late member of the Class of 1952, provides income
for the purchase of dramatic recordings. These are kept in the Potter Room.
46
College Life
H ousing
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college, conducted on the assumption
that an important element in education comes from close association of students
and instructors. Most students live in dormitories. Many members of the
faculty live on or near the campus.
Residence Halls
There are seven dormitories for men: Wharton Hall, named in honor of its
donor, Joseph Wharton, at one time President of the Board of Managers,
Palmer, Pittenger and Roberts Halls on South Chester Road, Ashton House on
Elm Avenue, and two buildings on the former Mary Lyon School property.
The women’s dormitories include the upper floors in the wings of Parrish
Hall; Worth Hall, the gift of William P. Worth, ’76, and J. Sharpies Worth,
ex-’73, as a memorial to their parents; Robinson House; Woolman House;
arid Willets Hall, largely made possible by a bequest from Phebe Seaman, ’19,
and named in honor of her mother and aunts.
All freshmen are assigned to rooms by the Deans. Other students choose
their rooms in an order determined by lot. Special permission must be obtained
to room outside the dormitories.
Students may occupy college rooms during vacations only by special arrange
ments with the Deans and payment of the required fee. Freshmen, sopho
mores and juniors are asked to leave college immediately after their last exami
nation in the spring so that their rooms may be used by Commencement
visitors.
The insurance program for the College is designed to provide protection
for College property and does not include the property of students or others.
It is therefore suggested that students and their parents should review their
insurance programs in order to be sure that coverage is extended to include
personal effects while at college.
Dining Roams
All students, both men and women, have their meals in the Philip T. Sharpies
Dining Hall. The dining hall is closed during all vacations.
Religious Life
The religious life of the college is founded on the Quaker principle that
the seat of spiritual authority lies in the Inner Light of each individual. The
Society of Friends is committed to the belief that religion is best expressed in
the quality of everyday living. There are accordingly no compulsory religious
exercises, save in so far as the brief devotional element in Collection may be
so considered. Students are encouraged to attend the churches of their choice.
47
Episcopal, Presbyterian, Methodist, and Christian Science churches are located
in the borough of Swarthmore; other churches and synagogues in the nearby
towns of Morton, Media, Chester, and Springfield. The Swarthmore Meeting
House is located on the campus. Students are cordially invited to attend its
meeting for worship on Sunday. Extracurricular groups with faculty coopera
tion exist for the study of the Bible and the exploration of common concerns
in religion.
Collection
An assembly of the college, called Collection, is held at 10:00 a.m. every
Thursday in Clothier Memorial; attendance of students is required. There is
regularly a period of silence according to the Friendly tradition and a reading.
Lasting from one-half to three-quarters of an hour, Collection normally in
cludes an address; but this is varied by the occasional introduction of musical,
dramatic, and other programs.
Student W elfare
Health
The college physician holds daily office hours at the college, where students
may consult him without charge. A student must report any illness to the col
lege physician, but is free to go for treatment to another doctor if he prefers to
do so.
At the time of admission each student must present a brief medical history
and health certificate, prepared by the family physician on a form supplied by
the college. Pertinent information about such matters as physical reserve,
unusual medical episodes, severe allergies, or psychiatric disturbances will be
especially valuable to the college Health Service. All new students must have
been successfully vaccinated against smallpox within five years, in accordance
with Pennsylvania State law.
The college physician gives physical examinations to all students at the be
ginning of each year. There is close cooperation with the Departments of
Physical Education. Recommendations for limited activity are made for those
students with physical handicaps. In some cases a student may be excused
entirely from the requirements of the Physical Education Department.
There are two infirmaries, one for men and one for women. The infirmary
for men is in Section F of Wharton Hall; the women’s infirmary is in Parrish
Hall. Registered nurses are on duty in each, under the direction of the college
physician.
Each student is allowed ten days care in the infirmaries per term without
charge unless the services of a special nurse are required. After ten days, a
charge of $3.00 per day is made. Students suffering from a communicable dis
ease or from illness which makes it necessary for them to remain in bed must
stay in the infirmary for the period of their illness. Ordinary medicines are
furnished without cost, but a charge is made for special medicines, certain
immunization procedures, and transportation.
The medical and infirmary facilities of the college are available to students
injured in athletic activities or otherwise, but the college cannot assume addi
48
tional financial responsibility for medical and surgical expenses arising from
accidents. Accident insurance coverage is, therefore, required for all students
participating in athletics and is recommended for all others. (For details see
p. 33.)
The college psychiatric consultants hold office hours by appointment each
week. The purpose of this service is to be of help in all types of emotional
problems and three visits are offered without charge.
Vocational Advising
The college provides vocational information and advice to assist students in
their choice of a career. Conferences and field trips are planned periodically
and interviews are arranged with prospective employers. Help is offered to
students in finding employment. In addition, summer work opportunities are
made known to students.
Alumni Office
The Alumni Office keeps records of the addresses of all living graduates and
alumni of the college. It helps edit the Swarthmore alumni magazine, and acts
as liaison for the college with all alumni and alumni groups, interpreting to
them the present plans and policies of the college.
News Office
The News Office does a two-fold job. It helps prepare the several publica
tions put out by the college known as Swarthmore College Bulletins. These
include the alumni magazine, the President’s Report, the Catalogue, the Stu
dent Handbook, and other miscellaneous issues. In addition to this, the News
Office, through the largely student operated News Bureau, works with the press
and other communications media in publicizing news that is of interest to the
general public.
Student Advising
The Deans and their assistants hold the primary responsibility for advising all
students. However, there are many other advisers available.
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member who acts as his course adviser
until this responsibility falls to the chairman of the student’s major department
at the end of his sophomore year. Faculty members have also been appointed
as advisers for each of the men’s varsity athletic teams. They work closely with
the team, attending practices and many of the scheduled contests.
Each women’s dormitory has a head resident. In Parrish and Willets, the
head resident is assisted by two student residents who are members of the senior
class.
A group of upperclass women, under the direction of the Women’s Student
Government Association, serve as counselors for all freshman women, several
49
counselors being assigned to each hall. There are also student proctors in each
of the m ens dormitory sections. A group of students cooperate with proctors
and counselors in helping the Deans with the orientation program conducted
during the freshman week.
T he Student Community
Student Conduct
The Society of Friends has historically been conservative in social matters,
and its influence within the College community is one of the important factors
in making Swarthmore what it is. Students who choose Swarthmore as their
college should recognize that they are selecting a set of social and academic
standards that are intrinsic to the history and point of view of this institution.
In general, the life of students is to be governed by good taste and accepted
practice rather than by elaborate rules. Certain rules, however, are of sufficient
importance to deserve attention here:
1• The men s and women s dormitories are not to be visited by members of
the opposite sex except under the following conditions: Visiting is permitted
in the public parlors between certain specified hours; open houses on certain
Saturday or Sunday afternoons may be scheduled according to the rules estab
lished by the Student Affairs Committee.
2. The possession and use of alcoholic beverages on the campus is forbidden,
as is disorderly conduct.
3. The use or possession of firearms or other dangerous weapons is not per
mitted. Firecrackers or other explosives are prohibited. Tampering with fire
alarm or prevention equipment is a serious offense.
4. No undergraduate may maintain an automobile while enrolled at the Col
lege without the permission of the Dean of Men. This permission is not
extended to freshmen. The administration of this rule is in the hands of a
Student-Faculty committee which authorizes cars for the use of student organiza
tions and in some cases for special needs such as jobs dependent upon cars.
Day students may use cars for commuting to College, but special arrangements
for stickers must be made for campus parking. More detailed information may
be had from the office of the Deans.
5. At evening concerts or dramatic performances or public lectures men will
wear coats and ties and women dresses or skirts. At the evening meal and Sun
day noon dinner in the dining room the same standards will apply except that it
is recommended that the men wear coats and ties but not required so long as the
dress is in other respects consistent with the spirit of these regulations.
6. It is a college policy to discourage premature marriages by ru l i n g that if
two undergraduates marry, only one may remain in college. Some exceptions
have been provided in the case of upperclass students and information about
them may be obtained from the Office of the Deans.
College rules which affect the entire student community are discussed and
formulated for the approval of the Administration by the Student Affairs Com50
mittee, which is composed of Deans and Faculty members appointed by the
President and students appointed by the Student Council. This Committee dele
gates to student government agencies as much authority in the administration of
rules as they responsibly accept.
Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council represents the entire undergraduate
community and is the chief body of student government. Its efforts are directed
toward coordination of student activities and the expression cf student opinion.
Committees of the Council include the Budget Committee, which regulates
distribution of funds to student groups; the Elections Committee, which su
pervises procedure in campus elections; and the Social Committee, see below.
The Curriculum Committee cooperates with a similar committee of the faculty in
the discussion of matters relating to the academic program of the college. In
addition to these, there are several joint Faculty-Student Committees, whose stu
dent membership is appointed by the Council: Collection, Cooper Foundation,
Men’s Athletics, Admissions Policy, and Student-Faculty Relations.
judicial Bodies
Where infractions of college rules have occurred, decisions about responsi
bility and about penalties are made by elected committees. Four such committees
have different jurisdictions. The Women’s Judiciary Committee is a branch of
WSGA and is elected by the women of the student body. It sits in all cases
of violations of WSGA rules or of violations by women of general campus
regulations except as they fall in the sphere of the Student Judiciary Committee
(see below). The Men’s Judiciary Committee is elected by the male students
and sits in all cases of violations of college rules by male students except in
the kinds of cases indicated below as coming under the jurisdiction of the Stu
dent Judiciary Committee. The Student Judiciary Committee, elected by the
entire student body, acts on cases involving the car rule, dress rule, on cases
involving both men and women, and on others that may require joint action.
The College Judiciary Committee is composed of student and faculty members
and the Deans. It deals with cases referred or appealed from the other Com
mittees or with any violations that involve penalties of suspènsion or expulsion.
Women’s Student Government
All women students are members of the Women’s Student Government As
sociation, headed by an Executive Board elected to promote a great variety of
women’s interests. This board includes the officers of the Association, the hall
presidents and the chairman of the Women’s Judiciary Committee, which main
tains social regulations.
Social Committee
An extensive program of social activities is managed by the Social Commit
tee appointed by the Student Council. The program is designed to appeal to a
wide variety of interests, and is open to all students. At no time is there any
charge for college social functions.
51
Extra-Curricular Activities
In addition to the foregoing organizations, Swarthmore students have an
opportunity to participate in a program of extra-curricular activities wide enough
to meet every kind of interest. There are more than thirty-five organized activ
ities, not including departmental clubs or political organizations. They vary as
greatly as the interests of the students vary, from the Flying Club to the Chess
Club, from the Creative Writing Group to the Co-ed Dance Group. No credit
is given for work in such varied fields as sculpture, acting, publishing the
college newspaper or playing in the orchestra. The College, however, encour
ages a student to participate in whatever activity best fits his personal talents
and inclinations, believing that satisfactory avocations are a necessary part of life.
The Director of Arts and Crafts, Mrs. Harriet Baguskus, arranges for classes
in applied arts and for exhibits in the Arts Center, and acts as an adviser to
other organizations. Miss Carol Thompson, Director of Dramatics, guides the
activities of the Little Theater Club, which include at least two major per
formances, a one-act play contest, and student directed programs of an ex
perimental nature. Many other student groups for the discussion of public
affairs, the integration of the sciences, and the editing of college publications
conduct their own programs with occasional advice from the faculty.
Extra-curricular musical activities at Swarthmore are numerous and wellsupported. The college chorus is led by Professor Swing, and the college
orchestra by Professor Spies. There are chamber music groups, madrigal groups,
and public performances of the musical works of students in composition. There
are facilities for private practice, and an excellent college record collection. The
Cooper Foundation presents a distinguished group of concerts each year on the
campus, and student tickets are available for concerts of the Philadelphia
Orchestra in the Academy of Music.
Athletics
Swarthmore s athletic policy is based on the premise that any intercollegiate
program must be justified by the contribution which it can make to the educa
tional development of the individual student who chooses to participate. In
keeping with this fundamental policy, Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied
and extensive, offering every student a chance to take part in a wide range of
sports. The College feels that it is a good thing to have as many students as
possible competing on its intercollegiate teams.
Fraternities
There are five fraternities at Swarthmore; Delta Upsilon and Phi Sigma Kappa
are affiliated with national organizations while Kappa Sigma Pi, Tau Alpha
Omicron and Phi Beta Psi are local associations. Fraternities are adjuncts to the
college social program and maintain separate lodges on the campus. The lodges
do not contain dormitory accommodations or eating facilities. New members are
pledged during the late fall of their first year at the college. In recent years about
52
40% of the freshman men have decided to affiliate with one of the five fratern
ities.
Student Activities Bulletin
A booklet describing more fully all these activities and many others can be
had upon request from the Office of Admissions.
53
General Statement
Swarthmore College offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts and the degree
of Bachelor of Science. The latter is given only in the Division of Engineering;
the former, in the Divisions of the Humanities, the Social Sciences, and the
Natural Sciences.* Eight semesters of resident study, which are normally com
pleted in four years, lead to a Bachelor’s degree.
The selection of a program will depend upon the student’s interests and
vocational plans. Programs in engineering, pre-medical courses, and chemistry,
for example, are the usual preparation for professional work in these fields.
Students planning a career in law, business, or government service find majors
in the humanities or social sciences of great value.
The purpose of a liberal education, however, is not primarily to provide
vocational instruction, even though it provides the best foundation for one’s
future vocation. Its purpose is to help students fulfill their responsibilities as
citizens and grow into cultivated and versatile individuals. A liberal education
is concerned with our cultural inheritance, the world of thought, and the
development of aesthetic, moral, and spiritual values.
It is necessary for most students to concern themselves with the problem of
making a living. But this concern should not lead them to a specialization
that is too early and too narrow. They still have need of broadening the scope
of their experience. Particular skills may afford readier access to routine employ
ment, but positions of greater responsibility will be occupied by those who
are equipped to think their way through new problems and to conceive of their
functions in a larger context of time and place. Liberal education and voca
tional training may be the joint products of a common process, and the courses
here offered should be selected with this large purpose in view.
All students during the first half of their college program are expected to
complete the general college requirements, to choose their major and minor
subjects, and to prepare for advanced work in these subjects by taking certain
prerequisites. The normal program consists of five courses each semester during
the freshman and sophomore years, chosen by the student in consultation with
his course adviser. A student is permitted to take four instead of five courses,
however, during two of the four semesters, or to withdraw 'from one course
before the middle of the semester (if he is taking five) with the approval of
his course adviser. He will therefore complete from eighteen to twenty half
courses (semester courses) during his first two years.
The program for upper class students affords a choice between two methods
of study: Honors Work, leading to a degree with Honors, and General Courses.
An Honors student concentrates on three related subjects which he normally
studies by the seminar method. At the end of his senior year he must take a
* For groupings of departments, see page 20.
56
battery of eight examinations on the work of his seminars, set by outside
examiners. (The system will be explained more fully below.)
A student in general courses has a somewhat wider freedom of election and
takes four full courses or their equivalent in each of the last two years. At the
end of his senior year he is required to pass a comprehensive examination given
by his major department.
The program for engineering students follows a similar basic plan, with cer
tain variations which are explained on page 86. Courses outside the technical
fields are spread over all four years.
In addition to scholastic requirements for graduation, all students must meet
certain standards of participation in Physical Education as set forth in the state
ment of those departments (see pp. 131-133) and must attend the Collection
exercises of the college (see p. 48).
The course advisers of freshmen and sophomores are members of the faculty
appointed by the Dean. For juniors and seniors the advisers are the chairmen
of their major departments or their representatives.
Program for Freshmen and Sophomores
The curriculum of the first two years introduces a student to the methods and
content of a variety of fields important to a liberal education. To this end the
student chooses a part of his program in each of four groups of courses and in
addition meets a specified standard in a foreign language.
I. From the four groups listed below the student chooses work in at least six
departments while meeting the specific requirements in each group. No more
than two half courses in any department may be counted toward fulfillment of
this distribution requirement.
1. Two half-courses (or one year course) from the following: Astronomy 1-2;
Biology 1-2; Chemistry 1,2; Physics 1,2; Chemistry-Physics 7-8 (Con
cepts and Theories in Physical Science). See note below.
2. Two half-courses from the following: English Literature 1; English Litera
ture 3-4; all literature courses numbered 11, 12 in classical or modern
foreign languages; Fine Arts 1,2; Music 1,2.
3. Three half-courses from the following: History 1-2; History 4,5; Philosophy
1 which may be followed by another course in Philosophy or Religion;
Psychology 1,2.
4. Two half courses (one year course) from the following: Economics 1-2;
Political Science 1-2.
II. Languages. All students except those majoring in Engineering must
include in their programs sufficient work in a modern or classical language to
Note: Full courses the numbers of which are joined by a hyphen (e.g., 1-2) must be
continued for the entire year; credit is not given for the first semester’s work only. Those
whose numbers are separated by a comma (e.g., 1,2) may be divided; credit is given
separately for each half of the course.
57
complete course 4 or its equivalent. The language requirement may be met in
whole or in part by secondary school preparation as measured by the appro
priate achievement test of the College Entrance Examination Board, or by a
placement examination given at the college by the appropriate department.
The desired standard is normally met on the basis of four years work in high
school, or of three or two years work in high school followed by one or two
semesters in college.
At the discretion of the department concerned, a student may be permitted
to substitute an advanced course for the introductory course in meeting one of
the distribution requirements. Students entering college with special prepara
tion in any of the subjects included in the distribution requirements may apply
to the Committee on Academic Requirements for exemption from that
requirement.
A student who majors in the Natural Sciences, Mathematics, or Engineering
will take an appropriate mathematics course in the freshman year. He may
omit one half-course from the distribution requirements.
No student may take more than four half-courses (or two year-courses) in
any one department during the first two years. Applications for exceptions in
unusual cases may be made to the Committee on Academic Requirements.
In addition to the requirements listed above, prerequisites must be completed
for the work of the last two years in major and minor subjects, and sufficient
additional electives must be taken to make up a full program.
It is expected that, after satisfying the requirements in the general program
of the first two years, the student will devote the remainder of his sophomore
year to preparing himself for more advanced study of those subjects which have
most interested him and to other courses which will increase the range of his
knowledge. He should decide, as early in his sophomore year as possible, upon
two or three subjects in which he might like to major and should consult the
statements of the departments concerned as to required and recommended
courses and supporting subjects.
Physical education is required of all students (except veterans) in the first
two years. The requirements are stated in full on p. 66 and in the statements
of the departments of Physical Education.
Program for Juniors and Seniors
W ork
in
Course
The work of juniors and seniors in Course includes some intensive, specialized
study within a general area of interest. This comprises enough work in a single
department (designated as a "major” ) to make an equivalent of four full
courses. Work taken during the first two years may be counted toward fulfill
ment of the major requirements but not more than six full courses or twelve
half courses may be taken in the major field. Before graduation the student
must pass a comprehensive examination in his major subject.
58
A student must choose his major subject at the end of the sophomore year,
and apply formally through the Registrar to be accepted by the division con
cerned. The decision will be based on an estimate of his ability in his major
subject as well as on his record. If a student does not secure divisional approval,
he cannot be admitted to the junior class.
A student’s course adviser during his junior and senior years is the chairman
of his major department (or a member of the department designated by the
chairman) whose approval he must secure for his choice of courses each semester.
In addition to major and recommended supporting subjects, juniors and
seniors usually have room for at least one elective a year.
The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree with Distinction to students who
have done distinguished work in the course program.
R eading
fo r
H o n o rs
The Honors Program, initiated in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte, is a
distinctive part of Swarthmore’s educational life. It seeks to free from the limi
tations of classroom routine those students whose maturity, interest, and capacity
suit them for independent work. While the program is designedly flexible and
responsive to new needs, it has been characterized from the beginning by three
basic elements, which taken together may be said to be the essence of the system.
(1) Honors work involves a concentration of the student’s attention during
his last two years upon a limited and integrated field of studies. He pursues
only two subjects during a semester, thereby avoiding the fragmentation of
interest that may result from a program of four or more courses with their daily
assignments and frequent examinations. The content of the subject matter field
is correspondingly broader, permitting a wide range of reading and investigation
and demanding of the student correlations of an independent and searching
nature.
(2) Honors work frees the student from periodic examinations, since his
thinking is under continual scrutiny by his classmates and instructors. By this
program he undertakes to subject himself at the end of two years of Honors
work to examinations in all of the eight fields studied. In these he is expected
to demonstrate his competence in a field of knowledge rather than simply his
mastery of those facts and interpretations which his instructor has seen fit to
present. These examinations, consisting of a three-hour paper in each field,
are set by examiners from other institutions who read the papers and then come
to the campus to conduct an oral examination of each student, in order to clarify
and enlarge the basis of their judgment of his command of his material.
(3) Honors work is customarily carried on in seminars of seven students or
less or in independent projects leading to a thesis. Seminars meet once a week,
in many cases in the home of the instructor, for sessions lasting three hours
or more. The exact technique of the seminar varies with the subject matter,
but its essence is a cooperative search for truth, whether it be by papers, dis
cussion, or laboratory experiment. Each student has an equal responsibility for
59
the assimilation of the whole of the material and is correspondingly searching
in his scrutiny of ideas presented by his fellows or by his instructor. The stu
dent is expected to devote half of his working time during a semester to each
of his fields of study.
In practice three avenues toward an Honors degree are open:
(1 ) The standard program consists of eight subjects studied during the last
four semesters leading to examinations by the visiting examiners. In the Divi
sion of the Natural Sciences where there is a heavy burden of prerequisite
courses, the student may offer as few as six fields for examination, subject to
the approval of the division. The Divisions of the Humanities and of the
Social Sciences allow seven examinations instead of eight only in cases of clear
hardship (as in the case of some transfer students); they do not allow such
remission in order to permit the student to pursue work of elementary or inter
mediate level in Course or to accommodate some unrelated subject in his
program.
(2) Students who have a special reason to study for one or two semesters
abroad or in another American institution must take the normal number of
examinations prescribed by their divisions. Such programs must be worked out
in advance, since it may not be possible to provide visiting examiners for work
offered elsewhere and since instruction in some fields of the student’s choice
may not be available in the other institution. In general the student following
this avenue to an Honors degree must weigh carefully the advantage of work
ing independently or under tutorial guidance against the loss he incurs by miss
ing both the stimulus and the criticism provided by his fellows in seminar.
(3) Students who at the end of the sophomore year did not elect or were
not permitted to read for Honors, but whose work has subsequently shown dis
tinction may be encouraged to take the regular Honors examinations so that they
may receive the degree of Honors recommended by the visiting examiners. They
shall receive no remission of the number of examinations by reason of their
preparation in Course but shall be subject to the regulations governing Honors
programs of the division concerned. Such students must before the end of the
seventh semester petition the division for permission to take the Honors
examinations and must submit an acceptable list of examinations which they
are prepared to take.
The normal pattern in Honors programs is four seminars (or examinations)
in the major department and two in each of two minor departments. No stu
dent is allowed more than four seminars in his major; in those cases where
he offers three seminars in each of two fields, one must be designated as his
major. While there is a general belief that two seminars in a minor field are
desirable because of the mutual reinforcement they provide, there are by custom
certain seminars which are allowed to stand alone. Thus there is a considerable
flexibility in Honors programs, each being subject to the scrutiny of the depart
ments and divisions in which the work is done.
60
A candidate for admission to Honors should consult the chairmen of his pro
spective major and minor departments during the second semester of his sopho
more year and work out a program for the junior and senior years. This
proposed program must be filed in the office of the Registrar who will forward
it to the divisions concerned. The acceptance of the candidate by the divisions
depends in part upon the quality of his previous work as indicated by the grades
he has received but mainly upon his apparent capacity for assuming the respon
sibility of Honors work. The names of the accepted candidates are announced
later in the spring. The major department is responsible for the original plan
of work and for keeping in touch with the candidate’s progress from semester
to semester. The division is responsible for approval of the original program
and of any later changes in that program.
At the end of the junior year Honors students are required to take the Honors
examinations set at that time for the fields they have studied. These trial papers,
however, are read by their instructors, not by the visiting examiners. On the
basis of the showing made in these examinations, the student may be advised
or even required to return to Course, or he may be warned that he continues
in Honors at his own risk. Those students who return to Course under these
circumstances or for other reasons will receive grades for the work they have
done while reading for Honors, but in no case without taking examinations
over the field covered.
At the end of the senior year the reading of the examinations and the decision
of the degree of Honors to be awarded the candidates is entirely in the hands
of the visiting examiners. Upon their recommendation, successful candidates
are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors, with High Honors, or with
Highest Honors. When the work of a candidate does not in the opinion of
the examiners merit Honors of any grade, his papers are returned to his
instructors, who decide, under rules of the Faculty, whether he shall 'be given a
degree in course.
P r e -M edical P rogram
Students who are considering the possibility of attending medical (or dental)
school after graduation from Swarthmore should plan their academic programs
carefully to meet the pre-medical requirements, listed below, as well as the gen
eral College requirements. Specific requirements of the various medical schools,
as well as basic information on other aspects of pre-medical and medical train
ing, can be found in "Admission Requirements of American Medical Colleges”
published by the Association of American Medical Colleges. Recent editions of
this book are available in the various libraries on the campus. All students plan
ning a medical career should be familiar with this book.
Sophomores, juniors, and seniors will be in contact with the Faculty Com
mittee on the Pre-Medical Program for special advising. It is the function of
this committee to prepare a statement of evaluation and its recommendation to
each medical school to which the student may apply, basing this statement on
all information available to it, including the student’s record and faculty evalu
ations.
61
In conference with the student, the course adviser maps out a program based
on requirements listed below, the college’s general requirements, and the par
ticular needs and interests of the student. Beyond these considerations the need
for understanding basic social problems, the cultivation of sensitiveness to cul
tural values, and the value of intensive work in at least one field is kept in mind
in mapping an individual program.
The following courses are among the minimum requirements of most medical
schools: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Chemistry 28-29, Mathematics 1-2 or 3-4,
Physics 1-2, English (two semester courses; literature courses in foreign lan
guages do not meet medical school requirements). The foreign language re
quirements of medical schools are automatically met when the student has
satisfied the college language requirement, which includes language course 4
or its equivalent. In addition, some medical schools require quantitative analysis
(Chemistry 26) or comparative anatomy (Zoology 11). Advanced work in
biology, chemistry and mathematics is recommended where the student’s pro
gram and interests permit. The student is urged to familiarize himself with the
specific requirements of those medical schools in which he is interested in
planning his program.
The work of the junior and senior year may be done either in the honors pro
gram or in course. Intensive work of the major may be carried out in any
department of the student’s choice, or major requirements may be met by com
pleting three full courses in each of two related departments in the Division of
the Natural Sciences. In the latter case the comprehensive examination will be
jointly arranged by the departments concerned.
Although some students have been admitted to medical schools upon the com
pletion of three years of college work, most medical schools strongly advise com
pletion of four years of college, and in practice admit very few with less.
W r it in g
and
S p e a k in g
Students deficient in the mechanics of composition will be required to take
tutorial work before entering the junior year. Expert assistance is also available
to increase efficiency in reading.
A special course in English for foreign students is provided when necessary.
C o o p e r a t io n
w it h
N eig h bo rin g I n st it u t io n s
W ith the approval of their course adviser arid the Dean, students may take
courses offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford Colleges or the University of
Pennsylvania without the payment of extra tuition. This arrangement does not
apply to the summer session of the University of Pennsylvania.
E d u c a t io n A broad
The College recognizes the general educational value of travel and study
abroad and cooperates as far as possible in enabling interested students to take
advantage of such opportunities. It distinguishes, however, between those
foreign study plans which may be taken for credit as part of a Swarthmore
62
educational program, and those which must be regarded as supplementary. To
be acceptable for credit, foreign study must meet Swarthmore academic stand
ards, and must form a coherent part of the student’s four-year plan of study.
The Honors Program in particular demands a concentration of study which is
not easily adapted to the very different educational systems of foreign uni
versities. Therefore, while some of the approved programs listed below may
normally be taken as substitutes for a semester or a year of work at Swarthmore,
each case is judged individually, and the college may withhold its approval of
a particular program, or may insist that the program be carried out as an extra
college year.
Plans for study abroad must be approved in advance by the Dean and by
the Chairmen of departments concerned, if credit is to be given for courses
taken, and students may be asked to take examinations upon their return to the
College.
1. Established Programs. Students who wish to study abroad under formal
academic conditions may apply to one of the programs administered by other
American colleges and universities; for example, those of Hamilton College,
Smith College, or Sweet Briar College. These are full-year programs of study at
foreign universities, under the supervision of American college personnel.
Interested students should consult the Dean for details.
2. Direct Enrollment. Application may also be made directly to foreign
institutions for admission as a special student. This should be done only after
consultation with the Dean and the appropriate department head, and care
must be taken to assure in advance that courses taken abroad will be acceptable
for Swarthmore credit. Most foreign universities severely limit the number of
students they accept for short periods, however, and anyone who applies for
admission directly must be prepared to be refused.
3. University of Keele. For a number of years Swarthmore College and
the University of Keele, Staffordshire, England, have had a student exchange
each year. A student from Swarthmore is selected for study at Keele by a
committee which interviews the applicants. The year at Keele may take the
place of the junior year at Swarthmore, though it is often taken as an extra year.
4. Peaslee Scholarships. These scholarships, the gifts of Amos Peaslee
(Class of ’07) were instituted in 1953 and are normally awarded each year,
preferably to sophomores and juniors, for language study abroad. The scholar
ships are for a minimum of one semester plus a summer; course credit is given
for the work done upon approval of the department concerned.
5. International Association for the Exchange of Students for Technical
Experience. This program, administered by the Engineers’ Joint Council, pro
vides opportunities for engineering and science students to work for engineering
firms and laboratories in Europe during summer vacations. Students are paid
living expenses by the employing firm in the currency of the country in which
they work; they pay their own travel costs. Applications must be made by
January 1 for work the following summer, and students are notified of the Asso63
dation’s dedsion by March 31. For further information, students should consult
the chairman of the Department of Engineering.
6.
European Summer Research Program Abroad. The Carnegie Corporation
is supporting for a limited period of time an opportunity for summer research
abroad for approximately fifteen students from cooperating institutions. A
student must have completed his junior year and must include a thesis on the
topic of his research in the work of his senior year. The program is administered
by an advisory committee composed of representatives from Colgate, Columbia,
Princeton, Rutgers and Swarthmore, and is directed at Princeton through the
Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs. For detailed
information, students should consult the Dean.
Faculty Regulations
A ttendance
at
C lasses
and
C o l l e c t io n
Members of the faculty will hold students responsible for regular attendance
at classes and will report to the Deans the name of any student whose repeated
absence is in their opinion impairing the student’s work. The number of cuts
allowed in a given course is not specified, a fact which places a heavy responsi
bility on all students to make sure that their work is not suffering as a result
of absences. Since freshmen must exercise particular care in this respect and
since the faculty recognizes its greater responsibility toward freshmen in the
matter of class attendance, it is expected that freshmen, especially, will attend
all their classes.
When illness necessitates absence from classes the student should report at
once to the nurses or to the college physician.
The last meeting before vacation and the first meeting after vacation in each
course must be attended. The minimum penalty for violation of this rule is
probation.
Absences from Collection are acted upon by the Deans as instructed by the
faculty. All students are allowed four absences from Collection each term.
G rades
Instructors report to the Deans’ office at intervals during the year upon the
work of students in courses. Informal reports during the semester take the
form of comments on unsatisfactory work. At the end of each semester formal
grades are given in each course under the letter system, by which A means
pvrf»l|pne work, B good work, C satisfactory work, D passing but below the aver
age required for graduation, and E failure. W signifies that the student has
been permitted to withdraw from the course by the Committee on Academic
Requirements. X designates a condition; this means that a student has done
unsatisfactory work in the first half of a year course, but by creditable work
during the second half may earn a passing grade for the full course and thereby
remove his condition. R is used to designate an auditor or in cases when the
work of a foreign student cannot be evaluated because of deficiencies in English.
64
Wharton Hall, a Dormitory for Men
Willets Hall, a Dormitory for Women
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete with respect to specific assign
ments or examinations. The Faculty has voted that the grade given in a course
should incorporate a zero for any part of the course not complete by the date
of the final examination. The grade Incomplete should be given only after
consultation with the Registrar and only in cases in which it can be shown that
illness, military service, or the like made it impossible for the student to com
plete his work before the deadline, or in cases in which the instructor wishes to
insist on the completion of the work before giving a grade with penalties. If
an Inc. is received, it must normally be made up in the term immediately fol
lowing that in which it was incurred. A date is set at the end of the first six
weeks of each term when make-up examinations must be taken and late papers
submitted. Under special circumstances involving the use of laboratories or
attendance at courses not immediately available, a student must secure permis
sion to extend the time for making up an incomplete until the second term
following. This permission must be given in writing and filed in the Office of
the Registrar. Any not made up within a year from the time it was imposed
shall be recorded as E, a failure which cannot be made up.
Reports are sent to parents and to students at the end of each semester.
For graduation in general courses, a C average is required; for graduation
in honors work, the recommendation of the visiting examiners.
R egistration
All students are required to register at the time specified in official announce
ments and to file programs of courses or seminars approved by their course
advisers. Fines are imposed for late or incomplete registration.
A regular student is expected to take the prescribed number of courses in
each semester. If more or fewer courses seem desirable, he should consult his
course adviser and file a petition with the Committee on Academic Require
ments. A student who wishes to take fewer than the normal number of courses
should register for the regular program and file a petition to drop one or more
courses.
Applications involving late entrance into a course must be received within the
first two weeks of the semester. Applications involving withdrawal from a
course must be received not later than the middle of the semester.
E x a m in a t io n s
Any student who is absent from an examination, announcement of which was
made in advance, shall be given an examination at another hour only by special
arrangement with the instructor in charge of the course.
No examination in absentia shall be permitted. This rale shall be inter
preted to mean that instructors shall give examinations only at the college and
under direct departmental supervision.
S u m m e r Sc h o o l W
ork
Students desiring to transfer credit from a summer school are required to
obtain the endorsement of the chairman of the department concerned before
65
entering upon the work, and after completing the work are required to pass an
examination set by the Swarthmore department.
P hysical Ed u c a t io n
Physical education is required of all women and non-veteran men in the
freshman and sophomore years, unless an excuse is granted by the college phy
sician. A minimum of three periods per week shall be required. If any semes
ter’s work of the first two years is failed, it shall be repeated in the junior year.
No student shall be permitted to enter his senior year with a deficiency in
physical education.
E x c l u sio n
fro m
C o lleg e
The college reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose conduct
or academic standing it regards as undesirable, and without assigning any fur
ther reason therefor; in such cases fees will not be refunded or remitted, in
whole or in part, and neither the college nor any of its officers shall be under
any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.
Requirements for Graduation
Ba c h e l o r
of
A rts
and
Ba c h e l o r
of
Sc ie n c e
The degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science are conferred upon
students who have met the following requirements for graduation:
1. The candidate must have completed eighteen to twenty half courses in
the first two years and sixteen half courses or eight seminars in the last two
years.
2. He must have an average grade of C on the courses counted for graduation.
3. He must have complied with the course requirements for the first two
years.
4. He must have met the requirements in the major and supporting fields
during the last two years.
5. He must have passed satisfactorily the comprehensive examinations in his
major field or met the standards set by visiting examiners for a degree with
honors.
6. He must have completed four terms of study at Swarthmore College, two
of which have been those of the senior year.
7. He must have completed the physical education requirements set forth on
page 66 and in statements of the Physical Education Departments.
8. He must have paid all outstanding bills and returned all equipment and
library books.
Advanced Degrees
M aster
of
A rts
and
M aster
of
S cien c e
The degree of Master of Arts or Master of Science may be conferred subject
to the following requirements:
66
Only students who have completed the work for the Bachelor s degree with
some distinction, either at Swarthmore or at another institution of satisfactory
standing, shall be admitted as candidates for the Master s degree at Swarthmore.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program setting forth the aim of the
work to be pursued shall be submitted, with a recommendation from the depart
ment or departments concerned, to the Committee on the Master s Degree. If
accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s name shall be reported to the faculty
at or before the first faculty meeting of the year in which the candidate is to
begin his work.
The requirements for the Master’s degree shall include the equivalent of a
full year’s work of graduate character. This work may be done in courses, semi
nars, reading courses, regular conferences with members of the faculty, or
research. The work may be done in one department or in two related depart
ments. The catalogue statements of departments which offer graduate work
indicate the courses or seminars which may be taken for this purpose.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be required to pass an examination
conducted by the department or departments in which his work was done. He
shall be examined by outside examiners, provided that, where this procedure is
not practicable, exceptions may be made by the Committee on the Master s
Degree. The department or departments concerned, on the basis of the reports
of the outside examiners, together with the reports of the student s resident
instructors, shall make recommendations to the faculty for the award of the
degree.
At the option of the department or departments concerned, a thesis may be
required as part of the work for the degree.
A candidate for the Master’s degree will be expected to show before admis
sion to candidacy a competence in those languages deemed by his department
or departments most essential for his field of research. Detailed language
requirements will be indicated in the announcements of departments which
admit candidates for the degree.
The tuition fee for graduate students who are candidates for the Master’s de
gree is $1,600 per year, and the general fee for these students is $25 per semester.
A dvanced E n g in e e r in g D egrees
The advanced degrees of Mechanical Engineer (M .E.), Electrical Engineer
(E.E.), and Civil Engineer (C.E.), may be obtained by graduates who have
received their Bachelor’s degree in Engineering upon fulfilling the requirements
given below:
1. The candidate must have been engaged in engineering work for five years
since receiving his first degree.
2. He must have had charge of engineering work and must be in a position
of responsibility and trust at the time of application.
3. He must make application and submit an outline of the thesis he expects
to present, one full year before the advanced degree is to be conferred.
67
4. The thesis must be submitted for approval one calendar month before the
time of granting the degree.
5. Every candidate shall pay a registration fee of $5 and an additional fee
of $20 when the degree is conferred.
Awards and Frizes
The J o h n W . N a so n A w ard , a gift of a friend of the College in honor of
the Eighth President, is presented, normally at Commencement, to one or more
members of the total staff of the College, or to members of their families, who
have made a distinctive contribution, beyond the scope of their normal duties,
to the life of the College community. The Award is made by the Instruction
and Libraries Committee of the Board of Managers upon the advice of the
President of the College and consists of a formal citation and a monetary award
of $1,000.
The I vy A ward F u n d was created by a gift from Owen Moon, ’94. The
income of the fund is placed in the hands of the faculty for award on Com
mencement Day to a male member of the graduating class. The qualifications
for the Ivy Award are similar to those for the Rhodes Scholarships and include
(a) qualities of manhood, force of character, and leadership; (b) literary and
scholastic ability and attainments. These have been phrased by the donor in
the words "leadership based upon character and scholarship.”
The O a k L ea f A w ard was established by David Dwight Rowlands of the
Class of 1909. It was later permanently endowed in memory of him by Hazel
C. Rowlands, ’07, and Caroline A. Lukens, ’98. The award is made by the
faculty each year to the woman member of the Senior Class who is outstanding
for loyalty, scholarship and service.
The M c C abe E n g in e e r in g A w ard , founded by Thomas B. McCabe, 1915,
is to be presented each year to the outstanding engineering student in the Senior
Class. The recipient is chosen by a committee of the faculty of the division of
Engineering.
The P h i B eta K a p p a P rize is awarded by the Swarthmore Chapter to the
member of the junior class who had the best academic record for the first two
years. The value of the prize is $40.
The B rand B la n sh a rd P rize , honoring Brand Blanshard, professor of
philosophy at Swarthmore from 1925 to 1945, has been established by David
H. Scull, of the Class of 1936. The award of $50 is presented annually to the
student who, in the opinion of the department, submits the best essay on any
philosophical topic.
The A. E dward N e w t o n L ibrary P rize of $50, endowed by A. Edward
Newton, to make permanent the Library Prize first established by W. W. Thayer,
is awarded annually to that undergraduate who, in the opinion of the Com
mittee of Award, shows the best and most intelligently chosen collection of books
upon any subject. Particular emphasis is laid in the award not merely upon
68
the size of the collection but also upon the skill with which the books are
selected and upon the owner’s knowledge of their subject-matter.
The K a t h e r in e B. Sicard P r ize of $5, endowed by the Delta Gamma Fra
ternity in memory of Katherine B. Sicard, ’34, is awarded annually to the fresh
man woman who, in the opinion of the department, shows greatest proficiency
in English.
P ublic S pe a k in g C o n t e st s . Prizes for contests in public speaking are pro
vided as follows: The E lla F ra n ces B u n t in g E x t e m po r a r y Sp e a k in g
F u n d awards prizes for the best extemporaneous short speeches. The O w e n
M o o n F u n d provides the Delta Upsilon Speaking Contest awards for the best
prepared speeches on topics of current interest. The W illia m P l u m e r P o t t e r
P ublic Sp e a k in g F u n d , establised in 1927, sponsors a contest in the reading
of poetry as well as providing funds for other contests described below and for
the collection of recorded literature described on page 45.
Three prizes for the best student-written one-act plays are provided by the
W illiam P l u m e r P o t t e r F u n d . The winning plays are usually produced
during the fall semester by the Little Theater Club.
Prizes for the best student short stories are also awarded from the W illia m
P lu m er P o t t e r F u n d .
The Lois M o r r e l l P o etry A w ard , given by her parents in memory of Lois
Morrell of the Class of 1946, goes to that student who, in the opinion of the
faculty, submits the best original poem in the annual competition for the award.
The award, consisting of $100, is made in the spring of the year. All entries
should be submitted by April 1.
The J o h n R u ssell H ayes P o etry P rizes , of approximately $25 for a first
prize and $15 for a second prize, are offered for the best original poem or. for
a translation from any language. Manuscripts should be ready by April 1 of each
year.
The M ay E. P arry M em o ria l A w ard , given by the Class of 1925 of which
she was a member, is presented each year to the senior woman who by her
loyalty, sportsmanship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable contribution to
Swarthmore College. The recipient is chosen by the faculty of the Department
of Physical Education for Women.
Fellowships
Three fellowships are awarded annually by the faculty, on recommendation
of the Committee on Fellowships, to seniors or graduates of the college for the
pursuit of advanced work. The proposed program of study must have the
approval of the faculty. Applications for fellowships must be in the hands of
the committee by April 15. Applicants for any one of these fellowships will be
considered for the others as well.
69
These three fellowships are:
The H a n n a h A. L eed o m F e l l o w sh ip of $900, founded by the bequest of
Hannah A. Leedom.
The J o sh u a L ip p in c o t t F e l l o w sh ip of $1,100, founded by Howard W.
Lippincott, of the Class of 1875, in memory of his father.
The J o h n L o c k w o o d M em o ria l F e l l o w sh ip of $1,100, founded by the
bequest of Lydia A. Lockwood, New York, in memory of her brother, John
Lockwood. It was the wish of the donor that the fellowship be awarded to a
member of the Society of Friends.
Four other fellowships are open to graduates of Swarthmore College under
the conditions described below:
The L u c r etia M o t t F e l l o w sh ip , founded by the Somerville Literary Society
and sustained by the contribution of its life members, has yielded an annual
income since its foundation of $525. It is awarded each year by a committee
of the faculty (selected by the society), with the concurrence of the life members
of the society, to a young woman graduate of that year who is to pursue
advanced study at some other institution approved by this committee.
The M a r th a E. T y so n F e l l o w sh ip , founded by the Somerville Literary
Society in 1913, is sustained by the contributions of life members of the society
and yields an income of $500 or more. It is awarded biennially by a joint com
mittee of the faculty and the society (elected by the society) with the concur
rence of the life members of the society to a woman graduate of Swarthmore
College who has entered or plans to enter elementary or secondary school work.
The recipient of the award is to pursue a course of study fitting her for more
efficient work in an institution approved by the Committee of Award.
Sig m a X i R esea rch F e l l o w s h ip . The Swarthmore Chapter of Sigma Xi
appoints, from time to time, as funds are available, Fellows with research grants
with a maximum value of $1,000. The holders of this fellowship are usually
associates of the chapter who have shown conspicuous ability in graduate studies.
The purpose of the chapter in awarding these fellowships is to relieve worthy
students from teaching and other distracting duties so that they may concentrate
as much as possible upon their research. Applications for these fellowships
should be made to the secretary of the chapter not later than the middle of
March. Appointments will be announced about the middle of April.
The P h i B et a K a p p a F e l l o w sh ip of $250, founded by the Swarthmore
Chapter of the national honor fraternity, is awarded each year at the discretion
of the Committee on Fellowships on the basis of intellectual distinction to a
member of the senior class who has been elected to Phi Beta Kappa and who
proposes to pursue graduate study and scholarly work.
70
C ou rses
N
o f
u m b e r in g o f
I n s t r u c t io n
Courses
and
S e m in a r s
A system of uniform numbering is used in all departments. Courses are
numbered as follows:
1 to
9—introductory courses
11 to
49—other courses open to students of all classes
51 to
69—advanced courses limited to Juniors and Seniors
101 to 199—seminars for honors students and graduate students
Full courses the numbers of which are joined by a hyphen (e.g., 1-2) must be
continued for the entire year; credit is not given for the first semester’s work
only.
Astronomy
P r o fe sso r : P e ter
K a m p , Chairman and Director of
Sproul Observatory
v a n de
R esearch A ssociates
and
L e c t u r e r s : Sarah L ee L ip p in c o t t
J am es F. W a n n e r
R esea rch A ssista n t : C h a o -Y u a n Y a n g
Astronomy deals with the nature of the universe about us and the methods employed
to discover the laws underlying the observed phenomena. The elementary courses present
the problems in broad outlines and trace the growth of our knowledge of the facts and
development of theories. The advanced courses consider some of these problems in detail.
The seminars deal primarily with the techniques, methods and problems of the Sproul
Observatory research program.
The principal instrument of the Sproul Observatory is the twenty-four-inch visual
refractor of thirty-six foot focal length, used almost exclusively for photography. The
instrument has been in continuous operation since 1912 and provides a valuable and
steadily expanding collection of photographs. Measuring and calculating machines are
available for the measurement and reduction of the photographs. The principal program
of the Observatory is an accurate study of the distances, motions and masses of the
nearer stellar systems.
The Sproul Observatory is open to visitors on the second Tuesday night of each month
during the college year—October through May. With clear weather, visitors have the
opportunity of seeing many celestial objects of various types in the course of a year.
The visiting hours are from 7:00 to 8:30 p.m. in the fall and winter, but are set
later during the spring.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
for
M a jo r s
Prerequisites for an Astronomy major, in course, are Astronomy 1-2, advanced courses
and seminars (taken as double courses) in Astronomy, combined with work in mathematics
and physics.
Prerequisites for admission to the honors program in Astronomy, either as a major or a
minor, are Mathematics 11-12, Astronomy 1-2, Physics 1-2, and a. reading knowledge of
French, German or Russian.
C ourses
. 1-2. D escriptive A stronomy. Mr. van de Kamp and Mr. Wanner.
Full course
These courses provide an introduction to the methods and results of astronomy.
Fundamental notions of physics are studied as they are needed to provide an adequate
scientific basis for the course. These courses are prerequisite for all further work in
astronomy. Three class periods each week, practical work to be arranged.
13. I ntroduction to M athematical Astronomy . Mr. van de Kamp.
Spherical astronomy; celestial navigation; the two body problem; energy concepts.
14. P roblems of G alactic Structure . Miss Lippincott.
Stellar motions, magnitudes and spectra. Unstable stars. Stellar populations. Star
clusters and associations.
72
H o n o rs S em in a rs
101. D ouble Stars. Mr. van de Kamp and Miss Lippincott.
The two body problem. Theory and observational technique of visual, spectroscopic
and eclipsing binaries. Special attention is given to the photographic study of both
resolved and unresolved astrometric binaries. The masses of binary components and
of unseen companions.
102. Photographic Astrometry. Mr. van de Kamp and Miss Lippincott.
The long-focus refractor. Photographic technique, measurement and reduction of
photographic plates. Choice of reference stars. Attainable accuracy. Application to
the problems of parallax, proper motion, mass-ratio, and perturbations. Resolved and
and unresolved astrometric binaries; orbital analyses.
103. Cosmic M atter, Radiation, and Fields.
Phenomena in the upper atmosphere. Solar-terrestrial relationships. Cosmic rays.
Radiation belts. Radio astronomy. Meteors and meteorites. Studies with rockets,
artificial satellites and space probes.
Not offered in 1964-65.
110. Research Project. Staff.
Participation in a research project of Sproul Observatory, related to seminars 101 or
102.
j
G raduate W o r k
In conformity with the general regulations for work leading to the Master’s degree (see
page 66), this department offers the possibility for graduate work.
Candidates for the Master’s degree will normally take four honors seminars, selected
from those listed in astronomy, mathematics or physics, in consultation with the faculty
member under whose direction the work is to be done. A thesis may be substituted for
one of the seminars.
Candidates for the Master’s degree must have a good reading knowledge of two modern
languages.
73
Biology
P ro fesso r s: R o b er t K . E n d ers,
Chairman
L u z e r n G . L iv i n g s t o n
N
eal
A. W
eber
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s : L a u n c e J . F l e m i s t e r
N
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : W
K
A. M
orm an
il l i a m
C. D
enneth
e in k o t h
e n is o n *
S. R a w s o n
A lb u r t M . R o sen berg
L e c t u r e r : U r s u l a V i c t o r Sa n t e r
Through its elementary course, the Department of Biology introduces the student to a
comprehensive view of those principles, problems and phenomena common to all organ
isms, with animals and plants interpreted on a comparative basis. The advanced courses
in the Biological Sciences (except Genetics) deal specifically with plant biology (botany),
or animal biology (zoology) and are listed under these respective headings.
Following the broad review of the plant and animal kingdoms as given in the course
in general biology, advanced work is taken up in two different ways: first, specific aspects
of the broad subjects are treated in a comparative manner as in anatomy and physiology;
second, broader aspects of a specific subject are treated as in entomology, parasitology,
embryology, genetics and developmental plant anatomy. The structural and functional
consideration is extended to include problems of interdependence of organisms in the
structure and function of plant and animal societies and the influenctof physical, chemical
and biological factors in the survival of those societies.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
for
M
a jo r s in
Course
A student may major in biology, botany, or zoology. Students in course should include
the following supporting subjects in their programs, in addition to the four full courses
in their major subject: chemistry, including one semester in organic chemistry, one course
in physics, one course in mathematics, and a modern language (German or Russian pre
ferred) through course 4. These courses are required for majors in botany or zoology,
and should be completed by the end of the junior year. The program for biology majors
may be modified, but any program must be approved in advance by the department.
Biology
1-2. G eneral Biology. Staff
F«// course
An introduction to the study of living things. A consideration of the properties
of protoplasm and the structure of the cell; a brief survey of living forms, both plant
and animal. The methods by which animals and plants maintain themselves, grow and
reproduce, and a discussion of the mechanism of heredity. Some time will be devoted
to the interrelationships of plants and animals in communities, and the place of man
in the whole structure.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Credit is not given for a single semester of this course.
♦ Absent on leave, fall semester, 1964-65.
74
20. G enetics. Mrs. Santer.
Fall semester
A study of the fundamental principles of inheritance as they apply to living organisms
generally. The course includes a detailed consideration of the principles of Mendelian
inheritance, an analysis of the underlying chromosomal mechanisms, the gene theory,
and the relationship of the principles of genetics to evolution, to plant and animal
improvement, and to man.
Three lectures per week, with assigned problems and laboratory and/or library projects
in lieu of formally organized laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
Botany
15. T axonomy of Seed P lants . Mr. Denison.
Spring semester
An introduction to the classification of the major groups of flowering plants and
gymnosperms, stressing those of biological, cultural, or economic interest. The emphasis
is upon a world wide flora and upon cultivated as well as wild plants. Modern con
cepts of phylogeny, biosystematics, and biogeography are included. Suggested as an
early course for biology majors and as a cultural course for non-majors.
Three lectures and one field trip and/or laboratory period per week.
16. D evelopmental P lant Anatomy . Mr. Livingston.
Alternate years, jail semester
The fundamentals of anatomy of seed plants approached from a developmental stand
point. The structure and behavior of meristems, problems and processes of differentia
tion, and a detailed analysis of cellular, tissue and organ structure in higher plants.
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
18. Biology o f Lower P lants . Mr. Denison and Mr. Livingston
Alternate years, jail semester
An introduction to the algae, fungi, mosses, and ferns, including aspects of their
classification, phylogeny, structure, physiology, and ecology. The laboratories are in
part exploratory and experimental. Their content depends in part upon the current
interests of staff and students.
Three lectures and one field trip and/or laboratory period per week.
67. P lant P hysiology. Mr. Livingston.
Alternate years, spring semester
An integrated study of the physiological processes of higher plants, including general
cellular physiology, water relations, mineral nutrition, enzyme action, photosynthesis,
metabolic processes, translocation, the physiology of growth and development, and
related topics.
Two lectures, one discussion period, and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Organic Chemistry desirable.
68. Biology of Bacteria . Mr. Livingston.
Alternate years, jail semester
An approach to the study of bacteriology with principal emphasis on the considera
tion of bacteria as organisms, rather than as causative agents of disease, etc. The
morphology, physiology and biochemistry, ecology, genetics, and classification of
bacteria.
Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Organic Chemistry desirable.
70. Plant Ecology. Mr. Denison.
Alternate years, jail semester
A study of the structure, distribution, and dynamics of plant communities. Background
material in physical geography is included. The impact of plant communities upon
man through agriculture and land use practices is mentioned but not stressed. Labora
tory work emphasizes the accumulation and analysis of field J**»
Three lectures and one field trip or laboratory period per week.
71-72. Special T opics. Staff.
With the permission of the department, qualified students may elect to pursue a
research or reading program not included in the regular course program.
75
H onors W ork
The seminars given each year vary according to the choices of the students and the
convenience of the department.
111. P lant P hysiology. Mr. Livingston.
An extension of the area covered in course 67, with particular emphasis on a critical
study of original sources, both classical and current. The seminar discussion is
accompanied by a full day of laboratory work each week.
112. P roblems of P lant G row th and D evelopment . Mr. Livingston.
A correlated anatomical and physiological approach to developmental plant anatomy
and morphogenesis. The seminar discussion is accompanied by a full day ot labora
tory work each week.
113. G enetics. Staff.
An extension of the area covered in course 20, with particular emphasis on current
research in the field of inheritance in all its aspects. The seminar discussion is
accompanied by a full day of laboratory work each week.
114. Experimental Evolution . Mr. Denison
A study of the mechanism of evolution. Discussion traces the development of the
concept of evolution and the modifications imposed by paleontology, morphology,
cytology, genetics, and ecology. The problems involved in the development of a
stable classification are discussed as are the implications of evolutionary thought
for disciplines other than Biology. Field studies of natural populations are sup
plemented by laboratory work with experimental populations.
115. M icrobiology. Mr. Livingston.
An extension of the area covered in Course 68. Particular emphasis is placed on
physiological and biochemical aspects of the subject. Some work on fungi and viruses
is included.
118. P lant Ecology. Mr. Denison and Mr. Livingston.
A study of the interrelationships between plants and their environment. Discussion
periods are devoted to the development of basic principles. Field and laboratory work
applies these concepts to specific organisms and habitats. Laboratory work is used to
isolate problems encountered in the field. Both higher plants and microorganisms are
used as experimental materials. Comparisons are made between aquatic and terrestrial
habitats.
120. Special T opics. Staff.
W ith the permission of the department, qualified students may elect to pursue a
research problem or reading program not included in the regular offerings in honors.
Zoology
11. Comparative V ertebrate Anatomy. Mr. Enders.
Fall semester
This course normally follows General Biology. It deals with the comparative and
unique aspects of the anatomy of the integument, skeleton, muscular, digestive,
respiratory, circulatory, excretory, reproductive and nervous systems of the various
vertebrate types. Classification, phytogeny and adaptive radiation are considered
with stress placed on anatomical adaptations to the various habitats. The protochordates, lamprey, dogfish and cat are studied as representative forms in the labora
tory. The course has three lecture and two laboratory meetings per week.
12. V ertebrate P hysiology. Mr. Flemister.
Spring semester
A general consideration of the functional process in animals with emphasis placed
on mammals and other vertebrates. The aspects of adaptation of the animal to
environmental stress are treated in such a way as to serve the individual student s
area of concentration. In preparation the introductory course in Biology is desirable.
Two lectures, one conference and one laboratory period per week.
76
51. H istology. Mr. Weber.
Fall semester
This course consists of a detailed study of the microscopic structure of vertebrate
tissues, together with the functions of such tissues. In the laboratory the student
examines both prepared and living material, and becomes familiar with the principles
of microtechniques. Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: 1-2, 11.
52. Embryology. Mr. Enders or Mr. Weber.
Spring semester
A study of development of vertebrate anatomy. The lectures are concerned with
an investigation of the events which precede development, an analysis of the de
velopment processes, and a brief survey of the contributions of the field of experi
mental embryology. Laboratory periods are devoted to the embryology of the frog,
chick and pig. Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
53. Entomology. Mr. Weber.
Spring semester
The study of insects and their relatives, their morphological and physiological
adaptations and their effect on man. Laboratory work will include the study of living
material and current research will be considered. Each student will prepare a study
collection from field trips.
54. Biology of Parasitism. Mr. Meinkoth.
Alternate years, spring semester
A consideration of parasitology with reference to evolution and adaptation to the
parasitic habit. Surveys are made of parasites in native animals. Classification, life
cycles and epidemiology are reviewed.
Prerequisite: 11 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.
55. Field Z oology. Mr. Weber.
Spring semester
Emphasis is on the living animals as they occur in nature, their systematics, relation
ships to the environment, habits and distribution. Regional and world faunas will be
discussed. Much of the work will be done in the field.
56. Invertebrate Z oology. Mr. Meinkoth.
Alternate years, jail semester
A course designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental morphology, classifi
cation, phylogeny and special problems of the invertebrate phyla.
Three lectures and one laboratory period per week. Occasional field trips.
Prerequisite: 11 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.
57. Comparative P hysiology. Mr. Flemister or Mr. Rawson.
Fall semester
A course of lectures and laboratory experiments treating functional processes from
the standpoint of adaptation of the animal to its environment. These processes in
representative animals are compared in order to follow their elaboration from the
more general to the more specialized.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: Comparative Anatomy and Organic Chemistry.
58. Physiological Ecology. Mr. Flemister.
Spring semester
A course of lectures, discussions and experiments concerning the physiological adapta
tions of representative animals to environmental stress. Requirements and availability
of optimum conditions of temperature, oxygen, food-stuffs and the maintenance of
ionic independence are appraised.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: 57 Comparative Physiology.
59. Cytology. Mr. Rosenberg.
Alternate years, jail semester
A study of the structure and function of cells as units of biological organization,
and relationships within tissues and organs. In the laboratory the student learns
77
some of the techniques by which information about cells is arrived at, and observes
the characteristics of cells as units, and as parts of organized tissues.
Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1-2, Biology 11 or 20, Chemistry 1-2.
•
60. Biology of A nim al Communities . Mr. Rawson.
Spring semester
The study of animals at the emergent level of populations. Problems of animal
behavior as related to the growth and maintenance of populations will be considered
with particular reference to communication and social interaction within animal
groups. Both field and laboratory study techniques will be used.
Two lectures per week and the equivalent of two laboratory meetings per week.
Prerequisite: Genetics or Comparative Anatomy.
I
I
I
I
61. Biology for Seniors . Mr. Bnders.
Spring semester
A course, patterned on the seminar plan, designed to broaden and integrate the I
student’s knowledge of biology. Each student must present three topics and lead I
the discussion. A weekly summary of reading is required.
63, 64. Special T opics. Staff.
Full or half course I
For advanced students. Open to those who, on account of fitness, have arranged
a program of special work in the department.
H onors W ork
Honors students majoring in Zoology must take four seminars in the department and
a minor of two seminars in another department within the division. Some freedom is
offered in the selection of the two seminars, or four half courses, which normally would
fulfill a second minor.
Students anticipating an honors program in Zoology must complete in the first two
and a half years the following: Biology 1-2 and Zoology 11, Chemistry 1-2, Mathematics 3-4,
and Physics 1-2. In addition, to qualify for minor seminars in the departments indicated,
Chemistry requires Chemistry 28-29, Mathematics and Physics require Mathematics 11-12,
and Psychology requires Psychology 1, and another half course.
Prerequisites for students in the Honors Program with a minor in Zoology consist of
three half courses in Biology and Zoology (including 1-2). In addition, 104 requires a
full course in Physics and a half course in Organic Chemistry.
Seminars: The following seminars prepare students for examinations for a degree
with Honors.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
102. Cytology. Mr. Rosenberg.
A study of the structure and function of the cell. Living material will be examined
and the modem microscopical techniques employed in the laboratory.
103. Embryology. Mr. Weber.
An analysis of reproduction and development. The laboratory work includes indi
vidual projects by the students, a study of developmental anatomy of the chick, pig
and frog, and the observation of living material under normal and experimental
conditions.
104. Comparative P hysiology. Mr. Flemister or Mr. Rawson.
An intensive consideration of the physical and chemical phenomena underlying the
function of animals. A comparative approach is maintained in order to consider the
progression from more general to the most specialized adjustments, acclimatizations
and adaptations of animals to physical, chemical and biological stresses in the environment. The terminal portion of the laboratory program is devoted to the pursuit
78
I
I
I
I
of original, independent work by the student. Prerequisites for this seminar are
courses in Comparative Anatomy and Organic Chemistry.
Offered in the fall term.
106. Entomology. Mr. Weber.
Following a survey of insects in general, a detailed study of one aspect of the field
will be undertaken. This will involve use of a scientific library, independent work on
one topic, and discussions of current research.
107. I nvertebrate Z oology. Mr. Meinkoth.
A study of the morphology, taxonomy, natural history, distribution and adaptation
of invertebrate phyla with a special emphasis on evolutionary trends, ecological
relations, and problems peculiar to each group.
108. Sensory P hysiology. Mr. Rawson.
The functional specializations of sense organs for the transfer of information in
biological systems are considered in relation to the adaptations of vertebrate and
invertebrate animals to their environments. Electrophysiological and behavioral
approaches are used in laboratory studies.
110. Special T opics. Staff.
Open to students who, having satisfied all requirements, desire further work in
the department. Frequently this will include acting as junior assistants in the re
search of staff members.
79
Chemistry
P r o fesso r : W a lter B. K exghton , J r ., Chairman
A ssociate P ro fesso rs : E dward A. F e h n e l
G ilb er t P. H a ig h t , J r .J
A ssistant P ro fesso rs : J am es H . L o e h l in
P eter T . T h o m p s o n
I n st r u c t o r s : J a m es H . H a m m o n s
R o b er t E. L e y o n
The aim of the Department of Chemistry is to provide a sound training in the funda
mental principles and basic techniques of the science rather than to deal with specialized
branches of the subject.
The various courses and seminar offerings are designed to meet the needs of three
classes of students:
1 . Students with a primary interest in the humanities or social sciences, who turn to
chemistry as a scientific study of general educational value. Chemistry 1, 2 offers
training in the scientific approach to problems, experience with the laboratory method
of investigation, and a presentation of some of the major intellectual achievements
of chemistry.
2. Students who seek training in chemistry as a supplement to their study of astronomy,
botany, engineering, mathematics, medicine, physics, or zoology. These students
should consult with their major department and with the Chemistry department
concerning the chemistry courses most suitable to their needs.
3. Students who consider chemistry their major interest. These students should take
Chemistry 1, 2 and Mathematics 3-4 in their freshman year; Chemistry 28-29,
Mathematics 11, 12 and Physics 1, 2 in their sophomore year; Chemistry 26, 27
and Chemistry 61, 62 in their junior year. Some students interested in Chemistry
as a scientific study of general educational value, but with no intention of pursuing
chemistry as a profession, will find these basic courses sufficient for their needs.
The minimum requirements of the American Chemical Society for professional
training in chemistry are satisfied by these courses together with Chemistry 66 and
an additional semester of advanced chemistry. Mathematics 51, 52 and Physics 11,
12 are strongly recommended. Major students are expected to have a reading knowl
edge of German before graduation.*
1, 2. I ntroduction to Chemistry. Mr. Keighton and Staff.
A study of the central concepts and basic principles of chemistry, including atomic
theory, kinetic-molecular theory, atomic structure, the kinds of chemical change
and the laws governing them. The chemistry of the elements and their compounds
is related to the periodic classification of the elements and to the structure of elements
and molecules. In the laboratory in the first semester a number of quantitative ex
periments are worked, in the second semester the principles of chemical equilibria are
applied to qualitative analysis.
Students who enter college with advanced training in chemistry are encouraged to
take a placement examination during freshman orientation week. If sufficiently well
prepared they may omit all or part of the introductory course.
Prerequisite for all other courses in Chemistry.
Two lectures, a recitation, and one laboratory period weekly.
2B. Q ualitative A nalysis and Equilibrium.
Spring semester
A course designed for students with exceptional high school training in physical
science and mathematics and demonstrated ability in chemistry.
Admission by invitation of the staff.
* Students who have completed the foreign language requirement in another language may satisfy
this requirement by taking German 7-8.
$ Absent on leave, 1964-65.
80
26. Q uantitative C hemistry . Mr. Leyon
semester
Reactions and equilibria in acid-base and oxidation-reduction systems are studied,
with emphasis on their applications in chemical analysis. The
^
metric and gravimetric analysis, the formation and properties o f ;a n a ly tic ^ ¡ ¡g g ita to ,
and the basic concepts of spectrophotometry are introduced and discussed, in e
laboratory work is intended to give the student practical experience with theories,
!e c to i? u 7 s ,T d L in im e n ts of analytical chemistry. This course satisfies medical
school requirements.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 or 2B.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods weekly.
27. Chemical Analysis . Mr. Leyon
Spring semester
A continuation of course 26 on a slightly more advanced level. The use of complexes and complex-forming reagents, spectrophotometry, electrolysis, ^ d polarography are considered in some detail. Roughly the last half of the course is concerned
with physical and chemical methods of separation. Laboratory experiments
designed to illustrate the lecture material, making liberal use of modem analytical
instruments.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 26.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods weekly .
Full course
An introduction to the chemistry of the more important classes of organic compounds,
with emphasis on nomenclature, structure, reactions, and methods of synthesis.
Current theoretical concepts of structure and mechanism are applied throughout the
course to the interpretation of the properties and reactions of a wide variety ot
organic compounds. The laboratory work illustrates some of the principles and
reactions discussed in the classroom and provides practical experience in the tech
niques involved in synthesizing, isolating, purifying, and characterizing organic
compounds.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 or 2B.
28-29. O rganic Chemistry . M r. Hammons and Mr. Fehnel.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly.
61, 62. T heoretical Chemistry . Mr. Loehlin and Mr. Keighton.
The principles of physical chemistry are studied and a number of numerical ex
ercises are worked; the gaseous, liquid and solid states, solutions, colloids, elementary
thermodynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics of chemical reac
tions.
Prerequisites: Calculus, and general physics.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly.
63. Q uantum Chemistry . Mr. Thompson.
Spring semester
An extension of course 61, 62 in breadth and depth. Quantum mechanics is intro
duced and applied to a variety of problems in valence theory and moleoilar struc
ture determination. Such topics as atomic structure, chemical bonding theory,
molecular spectroscopy, dielectric and magnetic phenomena, molecular symmetry, and
statistical mechanics are considered.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 62.
Three hours of discussion weekly.
65. Advanced I norganic Chemistry . Mr. Loehlin.
Spring semester
The periodic classification of elements is studied from the point of view of correla
tion of structure and properties. Consideration is given to such topics as atomic
and molecular structure, coordination complexes, metal carbonyls, intermetallic^ and
interstitial compounds, modem concepts of acids and bases, chemistry of the transition
metals and rare earths, solvent systems, inorganic reaction mechanisms, and other
phases of inorganic chemistry.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 61.
Three lectures or conferences and one laboratory period weekly.
81
66. Q ualitative Organic Analysis. Mr. Fehnel.
Fall semester
Classroom and laboratory study of the characterization and systematic identification
of organic compounds. Emphasis is placed on the correlation of structure and
properties of organic molecules and on the theoretical principles underlying various
chemical and physical methods of isolation and identification. A reading knowledge
of German is desirable.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 28-29.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods weekly.
67. Advanced O rganic Chemistry. Mr. Fehnel or Mr. Hammons.
Spring semester
Selected topics in organic chemistry, including resonance and molecular orbital con
cepts, reaction mechanisms, molecular rearrangements, stereochemistry, free radicals,
and other topics of current interest. A familiarity with physical chemistry is de
sirable.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 28-29.
Three hours of discussion weekly.
69. Special T opics. Staff.
Fall and spring semester
An elective half-course, which provides an opportunity for qualified advanced students
to undertake original investigations or to make detailed literature studies of selected
topics in the fields of inorganic, organic, analytical, and physical chemistry. The
course is designed to give the student practical experience in the solution of a re
search problem, to develop facility in the use of the chemical literature and in the
interpretation and communication of experimental results, and to stimulate interest
in current developments in chemical research. Students who propose to take this
course must secure the approval of the instructor under whose supervision the work
is to be done.
One conference and approximately ten hours of laboratory and/or library work
weekly.
H onors W ork
Before admission to honors work the chemistry major will have completed Chemistry
1, 2 or 2B, 28, 29, Mathematics 3, 4, 11, 12, and Physics 1, 2. The honors program includes
Chemistry 101, 105 in the junior year and Chemistry 106 and 108 in the senior year,
with four other seminars usually in biology, mathematics, or physics.
101. T heoretical Chemistry. Mr. Thompson.
Fall semester
The gaseous, liquid, and solid states, solutions, colloids, elementary thermodynamics,
chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics of chemical reactions.
Prerequisites: Calculus and general physics.
One seminar and seven hours of laboratory weekly.
105. Chemical Analysis. Mr. Leyon.
Spring semester
The material covered is essentially the same as in courses 26 and 27: the principles
and practice of volumetric and gravimetric analysis, optical and electrical methods
of analysis, separation techniques, and the analysis of organic compounds. The
analytical chemistry of the common elements is studied to illustrate the application
of analytical methods.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 or 2B, and 101.
One seminar and twelve hours of laboratory weekly.
106. Advanced O rganic Chemistry. Mr. Fehnel.
Fall semester
An intensive study of essentially the same subject matter as is covered in courses
66 and 67. A reading knowledge of German and a familiarity with physical chem
istry are desirable.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 28-29 and senior standing.
One seminar and seven hours of laboratory weekly.
82
108. Valence
Molecular Structure. Mr. Thompson and Mr. Loehlin.
Spring semester
Topics such as the periodic table and atomic structure, types and properties of bonds,
the chemistry of transition metals, coordination compounds, acid-base Mid oxidationreduction mechanisms, etc., are studied. Quantum theory is developed and applied
throughout to these topics and the use of dielectric and magnetic phenomena, spec
troscopy, and molecular symmetry in determining structure is discussed. Laboratory:
study of reaction kinetics and equilibria in inorganic systems.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 62 or 101.
One seminar and six hours of laboratory weekly.
and
83
Classics
P ro fesso rs : S u sa n P. C obbs
H e l e n F. N o r t h , Chairman
A ssociate P r o fe sso r : M a r t in O stw ald
A ssistant P r o f e ss o r : D avid S. W ie s e n
L e c t u r e r : G a briele S. H o en igsw ald
The Department of Classics offers instruction in the various fields which constitute the
study of Greek and Roman culture. Courses numbered from 1 to 20 are devoted to the
Greek and Latin languages and literatures. Courses numbered from 31 onwards presuppose
n° knowledge of the Greek or Latin languages and are open without prerequisite to all
students; they deal with the history, mythology, religion, archaeology, and other aspects
ot the ancient world and include the study of classical literature in translation.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R ec o m m e n d a t io n s
for
M a jo r s
Greek or Latin may be offered as the major subject either in course or in honors work.
Major students in course are normally required to complete during the first two years
B a Intermediate Greek (course 11-12) or Introduction to Latin Literature (course
11-Í2). Doth of these courses are prerequisite for honors seminars for a major student
and one of them for honors seminars for a minor student.
Students reading for Honors in Greek may offer Latin as one of their minors, and
vice versa. Students majoring in Greek may substitute a Latin seminar for one of their
seminars in Greek, and vice versa. In addition, majors in both Honors and course are
strongly advised to take for at least one semester a course in prose composition (Greek 9
10 or Latin 9, 10).
'
Greek
1-2. Elementary G reek. Mr. Ostwald.
fu ll course
The essentials of Greek grammar are covered and selections from masterpieces of
Greek literature are read.
r
9,10. G reek Prose Composition. Staff.
Each semester
■
H
i I B
meeting one hour a week. This course is recommended in
conjunction with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide the student
with grammatical and stylistic exercise.
11, 12. I ntermediate G reek . Miss North and Mr. Ostwald.
Plato’s Apology, a play of Euripides, and selections from Homer are read.
13, 14. Greek Prose A uthors. Miss North.
The works read are determined by the interests and needs of the numbers of the
class. These readings are supplemented by a survey of the history of Greek Litera
ture. Credit is given for each semester.
15,16. G reek P oets. Miss North, Mr. Ostwald.
IBBI&EMiI B i bytheRBI
and needs of the members of the
class. Credit is given for each semester. The course is offered only when required.
20. Special T opics. Staff.
needs 0 f individual seniors in 1 B B H
84
B
their com-
Latin
1- 2. Elementary Latin . Mr. Wiesen.
Futt court‘
The course is designed for students who begin Latin in
¡¡g
pared to enter Intermediate Latin, and it normally «.vers the
of two
years’ work in secondary school. The course is offered only when required.
semester
4. Intermediate Latin . Mrs. Hoenigswald.
The study of Virgil’s Aeneid and a review of the principles of Latin Grammar.
Each semester
9, 10, Latin Prose Composition. Staff.
A non-credit course, meeting one hour a week. This course is recommend^ in con
junction with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide the student with
grammatical and stylistic exercise.
11 12 I ntroduction to Latin Literature. Miss Cobbs.
’ The course aims to give some conception of the scope and characteristic qualities ot
T„tin literature The reading includes a comedy and the Cena Trtmalchtonts from
S
S
I I
8 ? f i- t semester and the Odes of Horace
Credit is given for each semester. It is open to students who have had four years
of preparatory Latin or who have completed Intermediate Latin.
Fall semester
13. Catullus and Elegy. Mr. Wiesen.
A study of the poems of Catullus and the elegiac poets.
Spring semester
14. Mediaeval Latin . Staff.
The works studied in this course are chosen from the principal types of mediaeval
Latin literature (including religious and secular poetry, history
lives, satire, philosophy, and romance). Some attention is paid to their origins
late antiquity and their influence on the early Renaissance. Not given in 1964-1965.
jflj
16. Literature of the Empire. Staff.
Readings in the prose and poetry of the Silver Age of Latin literature.
20. Special T opics. Staff.
.
Riding« selected to fit the needs of individual seniors in preparation for their com
prehensive examinations.
Ancient History and C ivilization
31.
32.
33.
34.
H istory of Greece. Mr. Ostwald.
Fa^ semester
The course is devoted to the study of the political and social history of the Greek
states to the time of the Hellenistic kingdoms This is preened by a br e
survey of the Oriental civilizations by which the Greeks were influenced. Special
attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries B. C. Considerable reading is done
in the primary sources in translation.
H istory of Rome. Mr. Wiesen.
Spring semester
The course is devoted to the study of the political and social history of Rometo the
tíme of Constantine. Special attention is given to the last century of the Republic
and the first century of the Empire. Considerable reading is done in the primary
sources in translation.
Greek Literature in T ranslation. Miss North
Fall semester
The works read in this course include the Iliad, Hesiod’s Theogony and Works and
Days, much of Greek tragedy and comedy, selections from the historians, the lyric
and elegiac poets, and the pre-Socratic philosophers, and several dialogues of Flato.
Latin Literature in T ranslation—Classical and M ediaeval. Miss North.
Spring semester
The works studied in this course range in time from the age of the Roman Republic
to the twelfth century after Christ. They include, from the classical period, such
major authors as Cicero, Lucretius, Virgil, Livy, Ovid, and Seneca; from the Latin
Fathers, St. Jerome and St. Augustine; and from the Middle Ages, Boethius, Frudentius, Bede, the chief figures of the Carolingian Renaissance, and the writers ot
85
Mediaeval Latín hymns and secular poetry. The course is normally given in
alternate years.
36. Classical M ythology in Literature and A rt . Miss North.
Spring semester
The course is designed to give familiarity with those myths and legends that have
served as material for writers and artists from ancient times to the present. Plays,
both ancient and modern, based on the more influential myths are read, and a study
is made of the manner in which the themes have been handled in painting and
sculpture of various periods. Special attention is given to the use made of stories
from mythology by recent writers. The course is normally given in alternate years.
42. G reece in the Fif t h Century B.C. Mr. Ostwald.
Spring semester
An intensive study, chiefly on the basis of primary sources, of Athens and the Greek
world from the reforms of Cleisthenes to the end of the Peloponnesian War. Special
emphasis will be placed on the political, social, and economic institutions of the
Athenian democracy and to the problems of the Delian League, both internal and in
its relation to the Greek and non-Greek world.
Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent.
H
onors
S e m in a r s
102. Roman H istorians. Mr. Wiesen.
This seminar combines a survey of Latin historical writing to the end of the Silver
Age with intensive study of selected books of Livy and Tacitus, both as examples of
Roman historiography and as sources for Roman history. The seminar is given in the
spring semester.
103. Latin E pic . Miss North.
This seminar traces the development of Roman epic poetry, with particular emphasis
on the De Rerum Natura of Lucretius and the Aeneid of Virgil. Some attention is
also given to early Roman epic, as represented by the Anuales of Ennius, and to the
later epic, typified by Lucan's Pharsalia. The seminar is given in the fall semester.
104. L atin Comedy and Satire. Mr. Wiesen.
Representative comedies of Plautus and Terence are read, and a study of the Satires
and Epistles of Horace and the Satires of Juvenal is supplemented by a general survey
of the development of Roman satire. The seminar is given in the fall semester.
107. Roman R hetoric and O ratory. Miss North.
T h is seminar combines the study of Greek and Roman rhetorical theory and literary
criticism with the reading of representative speeches of Cicero. It also considers
the influence of rhetorical education on Latin literature, particularly that of the
Empire. The seminar is given in the fall semester.
111. G reek P hilosophers . Mr. Ostwald.
This seminar is primarily devoted to the study of Plato, which is supplemented by
study of the pre-Socratic philosophers and of Aristotle and the Hellenistic schools.
The orientation of the seminar is primarily philosophical, although the literary merits
of the Greek philosophers receive consideration. The seminar is given in the fall
semester.
112. G reek E pic . Miss North.
The study of Homer’s Odyssey constitutes the chief work of this seminar. Some at
tention is also paid to Hesiod’s Theogony and to the Argonautica of Apollonius of
Rhodes. The seminar is given in the spring semester.
113. G reek H istorians. Mr. Ostwald.
The greater part of the work of this seminar is devoted to Herodotus and Thucy
dides, but portions of Xenophon’s Hellenica and of Polybius are also studied, both
as examples of Greek historiography and as sources for Greek history. The seminar
is given in the fall semester.
114. G reek D rama . Miss North.
The whole body of extant Greek tragedies and comedies is studied, with a careful
reading in the original language of one play by each of the major dramatists. The
seminar is given in the spring semester.
86
Economics
P rofessors: J oseph W. Conard
Edward K. Cratsley
Frank C. Pierson
Clair W ilcox, Chairman
A ssociate Professors: W illiam H. Brown , J r.
W illis D. W eatherford*
I nstructors: Lewis R. G aty
Charles J. Siegman
Lecturers: M orton S. Baratz
H elen M. H unter
The courses in economics are designed: first, to acquaint the student with the institu
tions and processes through which the business of producing, exchanging, and distributing
goods and services is organized and carried on; second, to train him in the methods y
which these institutions and processes may be analyzed; and third, to enable him to
arrive at informed judgments concerning relevant issues of public policy.
Course 1-2 is prerequisite to all other work in the department except courses 3 and 4.
Students intending to major in economics are advised to take Political Science 1-2 and
courses in accounting, statistics or mathematics. Majors in course are required to take
courses 50 and 51 in the junior year. Majors in honors are advised to take seminars
103 and either 101 or 102.
1-2. Introduction to Economics . Messrs. Brown, Gaty, Pierson, Siegman, Weather
ford, Wilcox and Mrs. Hunter.
Fuli course
This course is designed both to afford the general student a comprehensive survey
and to provide students doing further work with a foundation on which to build.
It describes the organization of the economic system and analyzes the allocation ot
resources, the distribution of income, the maintenance of economic stability, and
international economic relations.
One or two special sections of Economics 2 will be offered for students with
special interest in a mathematical approach. Attention will be given to the applica
tion of mathematical techniques in addition to the regular work of the course.
3. A ccounting . Mr. Cratsley.
Fa^ semester
The purpose of this course is to equip the student with the rudiments of accounting
that he will need to employ in his advanced work in business finance, banking,
taxation, and public regulation.
Not offered in 1964-65.
4. Statistics. Mrs. Hunter.
semester
The purpose of this course is to make the student a critical user of statistics. Topics
covered include frequency distributions, sampling, index numbers, and economic
time series.
11. Economic D evelopment . Mr. Wilcox.
Spring semester
Requisites for the economic development of underdeveloped countries. Obstacles
to development. Strategy and tactics of development. Aid for development.
50. Economic T heory . Mr. Gaty.
Fa^ semester
Determination of prices in theory and in practice. Distribution of income. Deter
mination of the level of income and employment.
Absent on leave, fall semester, 1964*65.
87
Spring semester
Organization and operation of commercial banking in the United States. Central
banking; the Federal Reserve system. Monetary policy.
51. M oney and Banking .
52. P ublic Finance . Mr. Brown.
Full semester
Revenues and expenditures of Federal, state, and local governments. Principles of
taxation. Borrowing and debt management. Fiscal policy.
54. B usiness Finance . Mr. Brown
Corporate finance, investment banking, and the securities markets.
Not offered in 1964-65.
Fall semester
55. Labor P roblems. Mr. Pierson.
Fall semester
The structure and functions of labor unions. Employer approaches to labor rela
tions. Analysis of wage policies. Governmental control of labor relations.
56. Social Economics . Mr. Weatherford.
Pall semester
The extent, consequences, and causes of poverty, inequality, and insecurity. An ap
praisal of reforms: social insurance, medical care, public housing, rural develop
ment. The economics of discrimination and of educational opportunity.
Not offered in 1964-65.
57. M anagerial Economics. Mr. Gaty.
Spring semester
Analysis of business decision; economic theory and management control; market
structure, pricing, and output; the budgetary process and business planning; business
behavior and social welfare.
58. P ublic Control o f B usiness. Mr. Wilcox.
Fall semester
Maintenance of competition in American industry; moderation of competition in
agriculture, extractive industries, and distributive trades. Regulation of public utilities,
transport, and communications. Public ownership and operation of industry.
59. B usiness Cycles. Mr. Pierson.
Spring semester
Analysis of business fluctuations and long-term economic change. Public policies
for stabilization and growth.
60. I nternational Economics . Air. Siegman.
Spring semester
Theory and practice of international trade. Balance of payments, foreign exchange,
national commercial policies, international investment, and foreign aid.
61. Comparative Economic Systems. Mr. Weatherford
Fall semester
A comparative study of the economic systems of the Soviet Union, China India, the
United Kingdom, and the United States.
Not offered in 1964-65.
62. A n I ntroduction to I ndia and P akistan . Mr. Weatherford.
Fall semester
An introduction to the civilization of the subcontinent including a brief survey of its
history, social and religious institutions, the movement for independence and its
economic development.
Not offered in 1964-65.
H ono rs W ork
101. Fina nce . Mr. Brown.
FaJl semester
Revenues and expenditures of Federal, state and local governments. The principles
of taxation. Problems of the Federal debt. Corporation finance, investment banking,
and the securities markets. Public regulation of financial practices.
102. Economic Stability and G row th . Mr. Pierson.
Spring semester
The theory of cyclical fluctuations and secular growth. Money and banking. Mone
tary and fiscal policy. Wage-price pressures and the control of inflation.
88
103. Economic T heory . Mr. Conard.
Fall semester
Contemporary theory: price determination, the functional distribution of income,
the level of employment. Evaluation of theory in the light of simplifying assump
tions and empirical evidence. The relevance of theory to socio-economic problems.
104. P ublic Control of B usiness. Mr. Wilcox.
Fall semester
The maintenance of competition in American industry. The moderation of competi
tion in agriculture, the extractive industries, and the distributive trades. The regula
tion of public utilities, transport, and communications. Public ownership and
operation of industry.
105. I nternational Economics . Messrs. Siegman and Wilcox.
Both semesters
Theory and practice in international economic relations. The pure theory of inter
national trade. The balance of payments and the mechanism of international ex
change. Restrictionism and discrimination. Regionalism. Relations with controlled
economies. International investment and foreign aid.
106. Comparative Economic Systems. Messrs. Weatherford and Wilcox.
Spring, semester
Economic organization, resource allocation, and growth in an advanced planned
economy: the USSR. Economic development in a backward planned economy:
China. Economic development in a backward mixed economy: India. An ad
vanced socialist-welfare economy: the United Kingdom. The changing economv
of the United States.
107. Labor and Social Economics. Messrs. Pierson and Weatherford. Fall semester
The organization of labor. Analysis of wage policies. Government control of
labor relations. Poverty, inequality, and insecurity. Social insurance, medical care,
public housing, and rural development.
108. Mathematical Economics. Mr. Brown.
Spring semester
Econometrics, difference and differential equations, and other applications of mathe
matics to economics.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 12 and Economics 103.
89
Engineering
Sa m u e l
T.
Ca r pe n t er ,
Chairman
(The staff members of the Department of Engineering
are listed under their respective areas)
The professional practice of engineering requires skill and resourcefulness in applying
scientific knowledge and methods to the solution of problems of ever growing technical
complexity. The successful engineer will, in addition, possess an understanding of the
socio-economic forces which bear upon his work, an appreciation of the cultural and
humanistic aspects of the society in which he lives, and a sound working knowledge of
human relations. Our program meets these objectives by providing the student with
technical knowledge in a setting of scientific rigor, together with the foundation of a
liberal education. The student is educated in the professional disciplines of the engineer,
and in humanistic studies and the communication of ideas, within the framework of a
basic training in the natural and engineering sciences.
Three educational plans are open to engineering students at Swarthmore.
(1) The Course program with a major in Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering.
(2) The Honors program in Engineering Sciences.
(3) A special sequence to meet unusual needs or interests of certain students:
(a) a five-year program leading to both a B.S. and a B.A. degree, or
(b) a four-year program integrating engineering with other areas of study.
A candidate for a degree in Engineering must meet the general requirements of the
College as specified for the Division of Engineering (pp. 56-58) and the requirements
of the particular discipline or program in which he is a major. Thus curricular plans
for the first two years must take two objectives into consideration: (1) the basic engi
neering science courses must provide a foundation and meet the prerequisite requirements
for advanced work at the upper-class level, and (2) the general College requirements
should be essentially fulfilled prior to junior standing. Experience has shown that the
suggested "Basic Engineering Curriculum of the First Two Years” (page 91) will meet
the needs of the usual engineering student in any one of the three plans and will clear the
way for the advanced work of the junior and senior years. Modifications of the basic
program, as well as those of the major disciplines, are possible in individual cases but
such changes must be justified and approved by the student’s course adviser. At the end
of the sophomore year, the student will enter the Course program in a major field of
Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering, or he may apply for Honors.
(1) The Course Program
This program leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Civil, Electrical, or
Mechanical Engineering; these curricula are accredited by the Engineers’ Council for
Professional Development. Over the four years, the student will take about one-quarter
of his work in the Divisions of the Humanities and Social Sciences, one-quarter in the
Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics, and the remainder in the Department
of Engineering. All students devote their last two years: (1) to certain basic courses re
quired of all engineers; (2) to fulfilling the major requirements of one of the disciplines
of Engineering; (3) to developing their special interests. After completing the basic pro
gram of the first two years, the student follows the curriculum outlined on the following
pages under the particular area in which he is a major.
90
(2) The Honors Program in Engineering Sciences
The Division on Engineering offers an Honors program accredited in Engineering Sci
ences in addition to the above programs in Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering. A
general statement describing Honors work at Swarthmore may be found on page 59.
The program is open, by application, to qualified students upon completion of the
sophomore year. Successful participants will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science
with Honors, High Honors, or Highest Honors in Engineering Sciences. Details of
the program are given on page 92 following.
(3) Special Programs
There is growing recognition of the value of an engineering training fortified by a
strong background of work in the humanities and social sciences or in the natural
sciences. It is possible, with early planning of a five-year program, for a student to
obtain both an engineering degree and a Bachelor of Arts degree in another field of
interest. It is also possible to effect a four-year engineering plan with a minor in another
field.
These special curricula are tailored to individual cases; in any event, planning early
in the freshman year is essential. Requests for additional information should be directed
to the Chairman of the Engineering Department.
B a s ic E n g i n e e r i n g C u r r i c u l u m
First Semester
of the
F ir s t T w o Y e a r s
Second Semester
Freshman Year
Mathematics 4 (or 6)
Physics
Chemistry
Mechanics I
Elective
Mathematics 3 (or 5)
Physics
Chemistry**
Engineering Graphics
Elective
Sophomore Year
Mathematics 11 (or 15)
Mechanics II
Materials Science
Elective
Elective
Mathematics 12 (or 16)
Engineering Measurements
Electrical Engineering Science
Elective
Elective
G
eneral
Co u rses*
GEl. Engineering G raphics. Staff.
Pall semester
Three dimensional space problems are discussed via descriptive geometry. Problems
of greater than three dimensional space are introduced via vector and matrix repre
sentations. The course also serves as an introduction to numerical analysis with em
phasis on linear algebra and digital computer applications.
Three class periods and one three-hour drawing room period per week.
G E ll. M aterials Science . Mr. Mangelsdorf.
Fall semester
Study of the structure of matter on an atomic and microscopic level and the relation
of structure to engineering properties and bulk characteristics. Metals, ceramics and
organic materials are examined with emphasis upon those properties common to
each group rather than upon particular materials. The laboratory period includes
standard testing techniques, operation and function of shop processes and machine
Juols in materials processing, and individual research. Laboratory period each week.
•1
w noted, the following courses are open to all students in the College.
Chemistry may be deferred until the sophomore year.
91
GE12. E n g i n e e r i n g M e a s u r e m e n t s . Staff.
S p rin g semester
A study of the basic procedures and mathematical principles required in making,
interpreting and using measurements for engineering purposes, including linear and
angular measurements, leveling, traversing, and triangulation, as well as the measure
ment of thermodynamic, fluid and electrical quantities.
Three recitations and one three-hour laboratory each week.
GE57. O perations Research and Engineering Economy . Mr. Carpenter.
Spring semester
The principles of engineering economy and operations research as applied to
defining optimal economic solutions of industrial problems. Annual cost methods,
present worth, discounted costs, inventory control, probability principles with
random number solutions, queuing theory, linear programming, scheduling, trans
portation and allocation theory.
Open to all juniors and seniors.
Three class periods each week.
H
onors
P rogram
in
E n g i n e e r i n g S c ie n c e s
The program has been established to meet the new and challenging demands placed
upon the engineering profession by the rapid advances in science. The eight seminars
in which the student participates cover a wide range of fundamental knowledge in the
fields of mathematics, modem physics, and engineering sciences. The program is character
ized by its orientation to basic scientific and mathematical principles in lieu of specialized
subject matter. The program is unique and suited for those planning a future career in
professional engineering, research and development, or college teaching.
Two seminars are normally taken each semester of the junior and senior year, for a
total of eight. The final evaluation of the students in the program occurs at the end of
the senior year by means of eight examinations, one for each seminar, given by outside
examiners.
Students applying for the Honors program are required to submit their proposed
seminar programs to the Division of Engineering, accompanied by a letter setting forth
their defense of the program. The proposed program must include seminars in Mathe
matics, Physics, and the Engineering Sciences. The Mathematics and Physics seminars
are described in the departmental listings and the Engineering Science seminars are
described in the following section. It is advisable for students interested in this program
to consult with the Chairman of the Department of Engineering.
All Engineering Science seminars include from one-half to a full day of laboratory
each week.
E n g in e e r in g Sc ie n c e Se m in a r s
ES101. M echanics of Solids.
Mechanics and analysis of deformable bodies treating elastic and plastic stresses
and strains due to general and specific force systems. General equations of equi
librium and compatibility. Failure theories, stability. Experimental analysis based
on strains, photoelasticity, and membrane analogy. Elementary vibrations. Lagrange
and Hamilton equations.
Prerequisite: Mechanics I and II; Mathematics 11, 12, or equivalent.
ES102. Electrodynamics.
Electromagnetic field theory and linear circuit theory. Static and dynamic field
theory through Maxwell’s Equations, using the applicable vector analysis. Electro
magnetic fields in magnetic and dielectric materials; electromagnetic energy and
forces. The circuit theory includes transient and steady state analysis of Unear net
works. The relation of circuit behavior to pole and zero locations in the s-plane is
emphasized.
92
ES103. T hermodynamics.
Fundamental concepts, properties of substances, equations of state, first and second
laws of thermodynamics and their applications, entropy, gas and vapor cycles, Max
well equations, heat transfer.
ES104. F luid M echanics.
Fluid statics and dynamics, continuity, dimensional analysis, incompressible flow,
generalized equations of motion, Navier-Stokes equation, boundary layer theory,
convective heat transfer, mass transfer, compressibility phenomena.
ES105. Linear Systems.
Analysis and synthesis of electrical and electromechanical linear systems such as
electric networks and servomechanisms. The following analytical methods are
emphasized: differential equations, the Laplace transformation, Fourier methods,
poles and zeroes, superposition integral, complex loci, analog simulation, transforms.
Prerequisite: ESI02—Electrodynamics.
ES106. Structural M echanics .
Theory, analysis, and design of structural systems. Basic theory of determinate
and indeterminate structures, fundamentals of theoretical applied mechanics, includ
ing beams on elastic foundation, stability, plates and shells, with applicable vector
and tensor approaches, and series solution. Ground motion and structural dynamics.
Model analysis. Matrix methods.
Prerequisite: ES101—Mechanics of Solids.
ES107. M echanical D esign .
Analysis and synthesis of the elements of a machine. Vibrational study of both
lumped and distributed mass systems. Dynamic systems are studied from a New
tonian and Lagrangian point of view.
ES108. Earth Science .
Principles of soil mechanics, hydrology, hydraulics, sedimentation, ground water
flow and clay mineralogy, using the basic concepts of physical geology as a unifying
framework. Theory of consolidation of soils, stresses in earth masses, Laplace
equation of seepage, precipitation runoff relationships, are introduced for the analysis
of engineering problems.
ES109. T hesis. Elective, upon approval of the Engineering Division of an acceptable
field of original investigation.
ESlil. Circuit T heory .
Theory of linear time invariant electric circuits with brief extensions to nonlinear
networks and methods of synthesis. Network topology and equilibrium equations.
Pole-zero concepts, transient and steady state response, impedance, resonance and the
complex s-plane. Superposition techniques, signal flow graphs, one- and two-port
networks, filter theory and power networks. Analytic properties of network func
tions. Treatment of electromechanical energy transfer of devices having linear net
work equivalents.
Offered in combination with ESI 12 Electromagnetic Theory, when demand so war
rants, as an expanded version of ES102 Electrodynamics.
ES112. Electromagnetic T heory .
Development and application of Maxwell’s equations. Fields in bounded space and
in dielectric, magnetic and conducting materials. Wave propagation and reflection.
Radiation. Electromagnetic energy storage and electromechanical energy conversion.
Offered in combination with ES111 Circuit Theory, when demand so warrants, as an
expanded version of ES102 Electrodynamics.
EE102. Electronics. (See Electrical Engineering.)
93
Civil Engineering
P r o f e s s o r : Sa m u e l T . C a r p e n t e r ,
Director of Curriculum
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r : M . J o s e p h W
il l is
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r : C l a r k P . M
In str u c to r : W
il l ia m
C. K
a n g elsd o rf
err
The work of the Civil Engineer involves design, research, management, and construc
tion, in the following fields: buildings, bridges, aircraft, soils and foundations, hydraulics
and hydroelectric power, city and regional planning, sanitation and public health, high
ways, airports, railways, and other projects of a public or private nature, with their
economic justification. The basic curriculum also provides a foundation for those
interested in aeronautical structures, architectural engineering, naval architecture, engineer
ing mechanics, industrial management and sales.
Emphasis is placed on the broad scientific and humanistic education required for an
understanding of fundamental principles, based on the conviction that those possessing
such a background will contribute most to future progress.
Students electing the Honors Program in Engineering Sciences may prepare for graduate
work in Civil Engineering by electing ES106 Structural Mechanics and ESI08 Earth
Science.
Sta n d a rd P ro gra m
for
C o u r s e St u d e n t s
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Junior Year
CESI Mechanics III
EE63 Electronic Circuits
ME51 General Thermodynamics
EE S3 Engineering Analysis
CE52 Structural Theory
CE54 Soil Mechanics and Foundations
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
ELIO Writing and Speaking
Senior Year
CE53 Structural Mechanics
CE55 Civil Engineering Design I
CE57 Water Resources
Physics 51 Atomic and Nuclear Physics
(or Elective)
CE58 Special Topics
CE56 Civil Engineering Design II
GE57 Operation Research and Engineer
ing Economy
Elective
C E ll M echanics I. Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Kerr.
Spring semester
Concept and definition of force, scalar, and vector quantities, combination and
resolution of forces; principle of moments and couples; graphical and analytical
conditions for equilibrium; stress diagrams, cables; centroids of areas, volumes, and
masses; area and volume theorems. Open to students who have taken or are taking
Mathematics 3-4, or equivalent. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE12 M echanics II. Mr. Willis, Mr. Kerr.
Pall semester
Principles of dynamics, motion of a particle, Newton’s laws, general equation of
motion, rectilinear motion, displacement, velocity, speed, and acceleration; simple
harmonic motion, free and forced vibration; inertia forces, work and energy, momen
tum and impulse; curvilinear motion; kinetic energy of rotation; relative motion,
angular momentum; combined translation and rotation.
Prerequisite: C E ll and Mathematics 11, or equivalent; Mathematics 11 may be
studied concurrently. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
94
CE51
M e c h a n i c s III. Mr. Kerr.
P all sem ester
This course deals with the internal stresses and changes of form which always occur
when forces act upon solid bodies. The mechanics involved in the design of
simple engineering structures is presented so that the student may realize the
problems which must be solved in order to secure the required strength and stiffness
in such structures. The laboratory work of this course is planned to clarify the
theoretical considerations of beams, columns, combined stress, torsion and methods
of strain measurement.
Prerequisite: CE11 Mechanics I, and Mathematics 12, or equivalent. (3 recitations
and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE52 Structural T heory . Mr. Mangelsdorf.
Spring semester
Analysis of determinate and indeterminate structures. A study of stress in truss
and rigid frame systems, influence lines.
Prerequisite: CE51 Mechanics III. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE53 Structural M echanics . Mr. Carpenter.
Fall semester
A study of indeterminate structural systems and advanced structural theory. Struc
tural models.
Prerequisite. CE52 Structural Theory. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per
week.)
CE54 Soil M echanics and F oundations . Mr. Kerr.
Spring semester
The properties of soils, including the fundamentals of the structure of clays, flow
through porous media, consolidation, compaction and shear strength. These funda
mentals, combined with engineering geology and the principles of mechanics are
applied to slope stability, settlement analysis, foundation design and analysis of
loads on retaining walls and bulkheads.
Prerequisite: CE51 or equivalent. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE55 Civil E ngineering D esign—I. Mr. Mangelsdorf.
Fall semester
An introduction to the design of structures. Fundamental stress analysis, consider
ations of structural members and connections for metallic, concrete, and timber
structures, including buildings, bridges, and aircraft.
Prerequisite: CE52 Structural Theory or equivalent. (3 recitations and I 3-hour
laboratory per week.)
CE56 Civil Engineering D esign—II. Mr. Mangelsdorf.
Spring semester
A continuation of Civil Engineering Design I. Planning, analysis, and design of
engineering structures and foundations. Additional topics in concrete with ordinary
and pre-stressed reinforcement. Ultimate design theory.
Prerequisite: CE55 Civil Engineering Design—I. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour labo
ratory each week.)
CE57 W ater Resources. Mr. Willis.
Fall semester
An introduction to the fundamentals of hydrology, including precipitation—run
off relationships, ground water flow, the routing and hydraulics of surface flow
through channels and reservoirs. Fundamentals are related to Civil Engineering
activities, especially river basin development, water supply, and drainage. An intro
duction to the principles of water and sewage treatment is included.
Prerequisite: ME54, Fluid Mechanics. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per
week.)
CE58 Special T opics. Staff.
Required course with subject matter dependent on a group need or interest. The
laboratory period is devoted to the principles and practice of civil engineering
measurements through a study of photogrammetry, map projections, curves and earth
work, celestial observations, field layout, and related topics of importance to the
professional civil engineer.
CE69 Civil Engineering T hesis. Staff.
95
Electrical Engineering
P r o fe sso r s: H o w a r d M . J e n k in s ,
J o h n D . M cC r u m m
Director of Curriculum
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s : C a r l B a r u s
D a v id L . B o w l e r
Electrical Engineering deals with the development and application of precise notions
of electricity and allied physical sciences in the broad fields of conversion, transmission,
control, and utilization of electrical energy for the purposes of transmitting power and
communicating intelligence.
The courses in Electrical Engineering are each a series of inquiries dealing with the
fundamental concepts of electrical phenomena and are designed to inculcate in the student
confidence in analytical methods and competence to apply basic principles to new
engineering situations. The students are encouraged to examine problems critically and
to make such simplifying assumptions as are appropriate without destroying the significance
of the results. The importance of the presentation of work is also stressed, a student being
required to gain some proficiency in communicating the results of his work clearly, com
pletely and in a well-organized form.
Students applying for a major in Electrical Engineering will normally have followed
the basic engineering program outlined on page 91 during their first two years. Satis
factory completion of this program will fulfill the curricular prerequisites of the disci
pline. In special cases, the Department will consider applications from students who
have pursued a different program but who will have completed at least the following
courses or their equivalents: Math 3, 4 and 11, 12; Physics 1, 2; Chemistry 1, 2;
CE11, 12 or Physics 11, 12; and EE12. Majors must maintain a "C” average or better in
the required electrical courses.
St a n d a r d P r o g r a m
for
C o u r s e St u d e n t s
Spring Semester
Fall Semester
EE53 Circuit Theory I
EE55 Engineering Analysis
EE59 Electronics
ME31 General Thermodynamics
Junior Year
EE54
EE56
EE60
ELIO
Senior Y ear
EE58
EE 57 Electrical Machinery I
EE61 Waves and Transmission Lines
Ph51 Atomic and Nuclear Physics
Elective
Circuit Theory II
Field Theory
Electronics
Writing and Speaking
Electrical Machinery II
Electrical Engineering Elective
Technical Elective
Non-technical Elective
Spring semester
The experimental and theoretical basis of electricity and magnetism; elementary
electrostatics and magnetostatics; foundations of circuit theory, principles of energy
conversion, and transient analysis of linear networks.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Physics 1 and 2, and to be preceded or accompanied by Integral
Calculus.
EE12 E lectrical E ngineering Science
Fall semester
Transient and steady state analysis of electric circuits based upon the differential
equations of the circuit arising from Kirchhoff’s Laws. Classical treatment is followed
by Laplace transform analysis giving system response as a function of complex fre-
EE 53 Circuit T heory I.
96
Friends Meeting Home
Magill Walk
HHI
Hicks Hall, an Engineering Building
Commencement in the Arthur Hoyt Scott Auditorium
quency. Pole-zero concepts are introduced. Extensive study is made of linear ne work analysis by the superposition integral, convolution, the Fourier integral, etc.
Three phase systems and symmetrical components.
Three class periods per week*, one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE12 Electrical Engineering Science, or equivalent.
,
tt
Sbrinz semester
EE54 Circuit T heory II.
F 6
Further study of electric networks based extensively upon pole-zero concepts. AC
bridges, tuned coupled circuits, driving point and transfer functions one-_and twoport6 networks, Cauer and Foster representation and conventional filter theory.
Analog computer methods.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: EE53 Circuit Theory I, and EE55 Engineering Analysis, or equivalents.
Fall semester
EE55 Engineering A nalysis.
Formulation and application of the method of engineering analysis based upon
fundamental physical laws, mathematics, and practical engineering considerations.
Emphasis is placed on the professional approach to the analysis of bona ™le engi
neering problems. A study is made of the common physical and mathematical
aspects shared by different systems such as mechanical, thermal, and electrical
The theory and application of ordinary differential equations is systematically
covered. The Laplace transformation is developed and applied. Partial differential
equations and Fourier methods are introduced.
Three class periods per week; one computation period each week.
Prerequisites: EE12 Electrical Engineering Science, and Integral Calculus.
Spring semester
An analytical study of electromagnetism. Maxwell’s equations are developed and
applied, with greatest attention given to the static and quasi-static cases. Consid
erable emphasis is given to the following topics: solutions of Laplaces equation,
fields in dielectric and magnetic materials, energy and forces, and the relationship
of field theory to circuit theory.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: EE53 Circuit Theory I, and EE55 Engineering Analysis, or equivalent.
EE56 Field T heory .
EE57-58 E lectrical M achinery .
Ful1 course
Principles and physical aspects of electromechanical energy conversion; basic con
cepts of rotating machine performance and the analysis of ideal rotating electncal
machinery and transformers. D-C machines, analysis of performance and applica
tions, synchronous machines, performance, effects of saturation and saliency, po yphase induction machines; fractional horsepower motors; rotating control devices;
self-synchronous machines; electrical transients and the dynamics of coupled systems.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE53 Circuit Theory I.
EE59-60 Electronics.
**“11 course
Electronic circuit analysis and signal theory. Transistors, vacuum tubes, and other
devices are treated by the use of linear and piecewise-linear models and by
graphical analysis. Transient and steady-state circuit theory, normally studied con
currently, is extensively applied. Topics in signal theory include Fourier transform
analysis, noise, modulation, sampling, and information theory.
Credit for the first semester alone will be given by special arrangement.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE53 Circuit Theory I, preceding or concurrent.
EE61 W aves and T ransmission Lines .
semester
Application of Maxwell’s equations to electromagnetic wave problems. Transmission
lines are treated from both field and circuit viewpoints. Other topics include wave
97
propagation and reflection, waves in lossy media, wave guides, cavity resonators,
antennas and radiation.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE56 Field Theory.
EE62 P hysical Electronics.
Spring semester
A study of the physical principles underlying the operation of electronic devices.
The basic material covered includes: motion of charged particles in electric and
magnetic fields, emission, space-charge-limited vacuum tube conduction, semicon
ductor junctions and transistors, gaseous conduction. If time and interest permit,
additional topics such as dielectric and magnetic materials and photoelectric phe
nomena will be included.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Physics 51 Atomic and Nuclear Physics.
EE63 Electronic Circuits.
Fall semester
Further study of electrical engineering subjects, primarily for non-electrical engineer
ing students. Conventional analysis of single phase a-c circuits and a study of the
fundamentals of electronic circuits will lead to consideration of the problems of
processing signals from transducers such as strain gages, magnetic pickups, etc. The
use of the analog computer will be covered in the laboratory work.
This course meets the requirements for entrance into EE64 Automatic Control.
Three class periods and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: EE 12 Electrical Engineering Science.
EE64 A utomatic Control .
Spring semester
An introduction to automatic control systems using the Laplace transform and
signal flow graphs. System design is studied by means of the Nyquist diagram,
frequency response methods, and the root locus method. Other topics include com
pensation networks, multiple input systems and system optimization. Advanced
topics are introduced: nonlinear and sample data systems, adaptive control, etc.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Open to senior Electrical or Mechanical Engineering majors, or others with equiva
lent background.
EE71 Electrical Engineering T hesis .
An engineering thesis may be substituted for a course by special arrangement with
the staff.
H
onors
S e m in a r
EE102. E lectronics.
A study of electronic devices and circuits. Subject matter includes physical theory
of electron tubes, semiconductor devices, and other electronic circuit elements;
design of electronic circuits applicable to communications, instrumentation, infor
mation processing systems, etc.; transient and steady-state analysis of electronic
circuits and systems; introductory topics in the theory of communication and infor
mation. The seminar is accompanied by a full-day laboratory.
Prerequisite: ES102 or Physics 102.
98
M echanical Engineering
P ro fesso r: B ernard M
o r r il l J
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r : P h i l i p C . P r a g e r ,
Director of Curriculum
V is i t i n g A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r : J o h n R . D i x o n
In stru cto r: Jo h n K . H
aw ley
The curriculum in Mechanical Engineering is designed to develop the student through
education in the engineering sciences so that he may continue his education either in
industry or in graduate school. The courses offered are intended to give the student a
broad enough base in the science of mechanical engineering so that many avenues of pro
fessional growth are opened to him. Students are encouraged to go on to graduate school
for further development not only in mechanical engineering but also in such fields as
business administration, industrial management, economics, and other areas which may
be naturally coupled with an education in mechanical engineering.
Coincident with the need for a broad and fundamental technical training, all of the
engineering profession should be conscious of the impact upon society resulting from
their efforts. To stimulate this awareness, students are encouraged to choose electives
in the Humanities and Social Sciences throughout their undergraduate careers.
St a n d a r d P r o g r a m
Fall Semester
CE51 Mechanics III
ME51 General Thermodynamics
EE55 Engineering Analysis
Non-technical Elective
ME53 Heat and Mass Transfer
ME55 Advanced Fluid Mechanics
ME63 Engineering Design I
EE63 Electronic Circuits
for
C o u r s e St u d e n t s
Spring Semester
Junior Year
ME52 Advanced Thermodynamics
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
ME62 Advanced Strength of Materials
Non-technical Elective
Senior Year
ME64 Engineering Design II
ME66 Mechanical Engineering Problems
EE64 Automatic Control
Non-technical Elective
ME51 G eneral T hermodynamics.
An introduction to thermodynamics using the information theory approach to statis
tical mechanics. The thermodynamic systems discussed are sufficiently broad to
include the solid, liquid, vapor, or gaseous state of the matter contained therein.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 11, or equivalent.
ME52 Advanced T hermodynamics.
An extension of the General Thermodynamics course given especially for Mechanical
Engineering majors. The fundamental laws of thermodynamics are applied to cyclic
processes, theory of combustion, real engine systems and gas mixtures.
Four class periods per week.
Prerequisite: ME51. General Thermodynamics.
ME53 H eat and M ass T ransfer .
A course presenting a basic introduction to physical phenomena involved in trans
port processes of heat and mass. Work is done in the areas of conduction, radiation
and convection in both steady state and transient conditions. Both the analytical and
the empirical approach are covered.
Four class periods per week.
g
.
Prerequisites: ME51 General Thermodynamics, and EE55 Engineering Analysis.
$ Absent on leave, 1964-65.
99
ME 54 F luid M echanics.
This course presents the fundamentals of fluid mechanics; the basic definitions,
assumptions, and mathematical techniques whereby static and dynamic problems
involving fluids are analyzed. The physical phenomena underlying mathematical
formulations are stressed; included are: continuum and field concepts; stress, scalar
and vector fields; Euler, Bernoulli and momentum equations; continuity, irrotational
incompressible flow, complex variable techniques, similarity and dimensional analysis.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Differential and Integral Calculus (Math 11, 12) and EE55 Engi
neering Analysis, or equivalent.
ME55 Advanced F luid M echanics .
This course builds upon the material in ME54. To round out the students’ knowl
edge of the fundamentals, the Navier-Stokes equations are derived and their reduc
tion for particular types of flow are studied. The more specialized areas of fluid
mechanics are presented in terms of their occurrence in mechanical engineering
problems. In particular, compressible flow, laminar boundary layers, lubrication,
and elements of turbulent flow are studied.
Four class periods per week.
Prerequisites: ME51 General Thermodynamics, and ME54 Fluid Mechanics.
ME62 Advanced Strength of M aterials.
This course provides a transition between mechanics of materials and the general
three-dimensional analysis of elastic stress and strain. The fundamental concepts
and the equilibrium and compatibility equations are introduced on a completely
general basis. Several technologically important problems are studied. The subject
matter is such as to be directly applicable to the problems encountered in the course
in mechanical engineering design. Plane stress, plane strain, elastic torsion, strain
energy methods, disks and cylinders, and strength theories are studied.
Four class periods per week.
Prerequisites: Differential and Integral Calculus (Math 11, 12) and CE51 Mechanics
III and EE55 Engineering Analysis, or equivalent.
ME63 Engineering D esign I.
A study of the analysis and synthesis of the elements of a machine. Machine vibra
tions from a lumped parameter point of view are studied.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: ME62 Advanced Strength of Materials.
ME64 Engineering D esign II.
Rigid body dynamics leading to a discussion of the gyroscope are developed in
vector form. Formulation of dynamic problems is developed by means of Lagrange
Equations and Hamilton’s Principle. A study of the vibration of distributed systems
for both free and forced systems completes the course.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: ME63 Engineering Design I.
ME66 M echanical Engineering P roblems.
The study of a group of problems in mechanical engineering by analytical and
experimental means. Problems are selected which cross the conventional boundaries
of previous study programs in engineering class work. Emphasis is placed on
integrating analytical work with experimental laboratory work.
Two three-hour class periods per week.
Prerequisite: ME63 Engineering Design I.
ME71 M echanical Engineering T hesis .
With approval, an undergraduate may undertake a thesis project as a portion of
the program in the senior year.
100
English Literature
P ro fesso r s: G eo rg e J. B ec k er ,
F r e d r ic K l e e s
Chairman
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s : D a v id C o w d e n
D a n ie l G . H o f f m a n
S a m u e l L. H y n e s J
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : T
hom as
H
arold
H . B lackburn
E . P a g l ia r o
I n s t r u c t o r s : S u s a n B . Sn y d e r
H a r r ie t t B . H a w k i n s
This department might more properly be called the Department of Literature in English,
since it offers a study both of literature originally written in the English language and
of works translated from other tongues. Literature is considered as a fine art, as a
cultural record, and as a guide to the student’s interpretation of his own experience in
life. The program of courses and seminars comprises four approaches to the subject: the
intensive study of the work of major writers, examination of the literature produced in
certain limited periods, the historical development of the major literary types, and the
grouping of various types or forms on the basis of their subject matter or point of view.
The general purposes of this study are the broadening of the student’s understanding
and enjoyment of literature, the development of a basis for intelligent criticism, and the
provision of a foundation for further study in the field. Stress is also laid upon accurate
reading and writing through critical explication of texts and criticism of student papers.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
for
M
a jo r s in
Course
The work of the major in course consists of at least eight semester courses in the depart
ment. It is recommended that majors take The Development of English Literature (3-4)
in the freshman year, one of the type courses (21-30) during the sophomore year, Chaucer
or Milton in the Junior year, and Shakespeare and Problems of Literary Study in the final
year. The comprehensive examination at the end of the senior year is based on this
body of work, but also includes questions on other courses offered by the department
for those prepared in those fields.
C ourses
fj I ntroduction to Literary Study . Staff.
Each semester
An examination of the principal types of literature based on a comparison of modern
and traditional works.
This course is not open to students who elect 3-4. Either 1 or 3-4 is prerequisite to all
other literature courses offered by the department.
3-4. T he D evelopment of English Literature . Staff.
Pull course
An introduction to literary study by means of the traditional materials of English
literature from the Renaissance to the twentieth century.
Recommended for English majors; not open to students taking course 1.
5,6. English for F oreign Students .
Individual and group work on an advanced level for students from non-English
backgrounds.
$ Absent on leave, 1964-65.
101
10.
W r i t i n g a n d S p e a k i n g . Staff.
S p rin g semester
Analysis, organization, and effective presentation of complex subject matter in both
speech and writing. Open only to students for whom the course is a requirement
or for whom it is recommended by their advisers.
22. Renaissance P oetry . Miss Snyder.
Spring semester
The development of forms and ideas in English non-dramatic poetry from the begin
ning of the sixteenth century to the death of Milton. Primarily for sophomores.
24. N inete en th -Century P oetry . Mr. Pagliaro.
Fall semester
A study of ideas and language in the English Romantic and Victorian poets.
25. T he English N ovel. Mr. Cowden.
Fall semester
A study of the beginnings of the novel, concentrating on works of the eighteenth
century and romantic period. Primarily for sophomores.
26. T h e E nglish N ovel. Mr. Cowden.
Spring semester
A study of the chief Victorian and Edwardian novelists. Primarily for sophomores.
27. E nglish D rama to 1700. Miss Hawkins.
Spring semester
The larger part of the plays read are drawn from the Elizabethan and Jacobean
periods, but included are a few Greek tragedies at the start of the course and some
Restoration comedies at the end. Primarily for sophomores.
28. M odern D rama (Ibsen and after). Mr. Klees.
Fall semester
The main emphasis is on Ibsen, Chekhov, Shaw, and O’Neill; but there is a wide
range of plays by European, English, and American dramatists of the modem period.
Primarily for sophomores.
29. T h e Literature of th e M iddle Ages. Miss Snyder.
Fall semester
The emergence of vernacular literature in English in its relation to English and
classical sources. Primarily for sophomores.
30. English Literature of the E ighteenth Century . Mr. Pagliaro.
Spring semester
The developing sensibility and literary forms of the period. Primarily for sophomores.
42. Shakespeare . Staff.
Each semester
A study of the major plays. Not open to freshmen or to majors in course.
51, 52. Literature in A merica . Mr. Hoffman.
A study of the major American writers from Puritan times to the early 20th century.
Open to juniors and seniors.
53. Renaissance Comparative Literature .
Fall semester
Emphasis on the assimilation of the classical tradition by English and other Europeaa
literatures during the Renaissance. Open to juniors and seniors.
54. M odern Comparative Literature . Mr. Becker.
Fall semester
The rise and decline of the realistic movement as seen through the study of Euro
pean and American works since Flaubert. Open to junior and seniors.
55. Chaucer . Mr. Klees.
Fall semester
Reading of Troilus and Criseyde, The Canterbury Tales, and some of the minor
poems in the original Middle English, with greater attention to the literary than
to the linguistic aspects. Open to juniors and seniors.
102
Mr. Blackburn.
S p rin g sem ester
Study of the main body of Milton’s works with particular emphasis on Paradise Lost.
Open to juniors and seniors.
5 6. M i l t o n .
57. M odern P oetry. Mr. Hynes.
Pall semester
Poetry in English since the end of the nineteenth century. Open to juniors and
seniors.
Mr. Cowden.
Spring semester
A study of the technical innovations in the forms of fiction, beginning with Joyce.
Open to juniors and seniors.
58. M odern Fiction .
60. Special T opics. Staff.
From time to time intensive courses will be offered in fields not covered by the
regular program. Open only to juniors and seniors.
Pall semester
A study of the complete works of Shakespeare, tracing the development of his
craftsmanship and ideas. Required of majors in the department, who meet weekly
in small groups during the first semester of the senior year. Students should read
through the plays before taking the course.
61-62. Shakespeare . Staff.
63-64. Problems of Literary Study . Staff.
Spring semester
Group meetings of departmental majors in the second semester of the senior year to
review, integrate, and supplement their major programs. Under exceptional circum
stances a student who has made application by May 15 of his junior year may be
allowed to substitute a thesis.
H o n o rs W o r k
Prerequisites: The course requirements for a major in Honors are the same as for a
major in course, either The Development of English Literature (3-4) or Introduction to
Literary Study (1) and one of the courses for sophomores (22, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28).
The election of one or two additional courses in the sophomore year is highly recom
mended.
For acceptance as a minor in the department, two semester courses are required.
Program: Majors in Honors must take four seminars in the department, one of which
must be Chaucer, Shakespeare, or Milton. Minors in Honors may enroll in any two or
three seminars which seem best suited to the purposes of their whole program. No student
may take more than two seminars in Group II.
Seminars: The following seminars prepare for examination for a degree with Honors:
Group I
101. Shakespeare. Staff.
Each semester
A study of Shakespeare as dramatist and poet. The emphasis is on the major
plays, with a more rapid reading of the remainder of the canon. Students are
advised to read through all the plays before entering the seminar.
103. Chaucer . Mr. Klees.
Pall semester
A reading of Chaucer’s poems in the original Middle English, with particular atten
tion to Troilus and Criseyde and The Canterbury Tales.
104. M ilton . Mr. Blackburn.
Spring semester
An examination of the poetic achievement of John Milton.
106. D rama. Mr. Klees.
Spring semester
A study of comedy and tragedy in the Greek, Elizabethan, and modem periods with
a consideration of the various forms these types take from one age to another.
103
108. Renaissance P oetry . Miss Snyder.
Spring semester
The basic elements of poetic expression, thought, imagery, and sound, are studied
in poems from the Spenserian and Metaphysical strains.
Fall semester
The interests, sensibility, and literary practice of such figures as Dryden, Swift,
Pope, Fielding, Johnson.
109. T he English A ugustans.
110. T he Romantic P oets. Mr. Pagliaro.
Fall semester
An examination of the poetry of Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley,
and Keats.
Group II
113. T he N ovel. Mr. Cowden.
Studies in Four Novelists: James, Conrad, Joyce, and Woolf.
Each semester
115. M odern Comparative Literature . Mr. Becker.
Fall semester
Using the realistic movement as a starting point, this seminar considers Some of the
major themes and philosophic attitudes embodied in recent literature. The chief
figures studied are Flaubert and Zola, Tolstoy and Dostoevsky, Kafka and Mann,
Joyce and Faulkner.
116. A merican Literature . Mr. Hoffman.
Fall semester
A study of the themes, forms and aesthetic premises of selected writings, and their
relations to the cultural situations in which they were created.
118. M odern P oetry. Mr. Hoffman and Mr. Hynes.
Spring semester
A study of the modem tradition in English and American poetry from Yeats to the
present. The seminar will concentrate on the work of a few major poets.
119. Special T opics in Literature . Staff.
Occasional seminars will be given in special fields not part of the regular program.
120. T hesis.
A major in Honors may elect to write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar. He
must select his topic and submit his plan of work for departmental approval by the
end of the junior year. Then during one semester of the senior year he writes his
thesis under the direction of a member of the department, with whom he has
periodic consultations.
104
Fine Arts
P ro fesso rs :
Ro bert M . W
H
edley
alker,
Chairman
H . R hys
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r : J o h n W . W
il l ia m s
The aim of the Department is to study the historical-cultural significance and aesthetic
value of architecture, sculpture, painting and graphic art (prints and drawings),
ods and problems of criticism are considered: observation analysis, interpretation and
evaluation. Instruction is given by means of original works of art as w e lla s y
usual visual aids. Field trips are made to public and private collections in New Yo
Philadelphia, Baltimore and Washington and to significant examples of architecture m
those areas.
.
,
Since it is the objective of the Department to foster an intelligent comprehension ot
the visual arts rather than to develop technical skills, no courses in drawing, painting
and sculpture are offered for credit. However, instruction in such work is available unde
the extracurricular Arts and Crafts Program.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
Prerequisites: Majors in course and minors in honors must take
Fine Arts 1 and 2, Introduction to Art History. This requirement must be M P M bet°
the Junior year. For other students the prerequisite for all other courses « l | g | Arts
and 2, Introduction to Art History, with the exception of Fme Arts 58, .M ^ern A rch
lecture, which is open to Engineers without any prerequisite. Fine Arts 2 may be taken
independently of Fine Arts 1, but if taken alone does not serve as a Prer^ " site for * y_
other Fine Arts course. Fine Arts 11, Design in Drawing and Painting, while not a pre
requisite, is recommended as a foundation for other Fine Arts courses and seminars.
Majors in Course: The program of a major consists of at least eight half courses
(including Fine Arts 1 and 2) in the Department. The courses supporting this program
depend on the needs of the individual student and may be found in both the Division
of the Humanities and the Division of the Social Sciences.
Majors and Minors in Honors: Majors in honors take four seminars m the Depart
ment. In special cases the seminar in Aesthetics may be substituted for one in Fine Arts.
A minor in honors usually consists of two seminars. The seminars offered m «"y on«
semester vary according to the requirements of the students and the convenience ot e
Department.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate work
in Fine Arts requires a knowledge of French and German.
C ourses
1. I ntroduction to Art H istory. Mr. Walker and Mr. Williams
Fall semester
Consideration is given in the first four weeks to the basic problems of the nature
of the work of art, the factors of influence upon its conception, formation, and
development (geographic, social, economic, etc.) the principles of value judg
ments, and methods of analysis. A limited number of representative examples
of architecture, sculpture, and painting are studied within the historical context
of the civilizations and cultural epochs which produced them: Ancient Egypt.
Greece and Rome, and Medieval France.
Three hours of lecture a week and one bi-weekly conference hour.
105
2.
I n t r o d u c t io n t o A r t H is t o r y .
Mr. Rhys and Mr. Williams
S p rin g semester
European and American architecture, sculpture, and painting from the fifteenth
century to the present day are studied from the same points of view and with
the same methods as in the first semester.
Three hours of lecture a week and one bi-weekly conference.
11. D esign
in
D rawing and P ainting . Mr. Rhys.
Spring semester
The basic elements of design and their function in drawing and painting. Types
of harmony, sequence and balance such as linear, tonal and special. The methods
of design and representation that characterize the various historical styles. Practical
exercises required demand no special technical aptitude, since the purpose of the
course is to develop a critical understanding of drawing and painting and not
technical skill.
51. A ncient Art . Mr. Walker.
Fall semester
The development of the forms of architecture, sculpture and painting as expressing
various cultural patterns of the ancient civilizations of Greece and Rome.
52. M edieval Art. Mr. Williams.
Spring semester
A study of the relationship between art and society in Europe and the Near East
from the fourth through the fourteenth centuries. The ideas and institutions which
were instrumental in shaping Christian art during its formative stages of develop
ment. Special emphasis is placed on the Romanesque and Gothic periods in France;
the abbey and the cathedral.
53. Italian Renaissance P ainting . Mrs. Hanson.
Fall semester
A study of certain aspects of the art of the Renaissance in Italy as expressed in
drawings and paintings. Emphasis is placed on such great masters as Masaccio,
Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Michelangelo and Titian.
54. N orthern Renaissance A rt . Mr. Walker.
Fall semester
Developments in painting and the graphic arts of drawing and print making during
the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries in England, France, the Netherlands, Germany,
and Spain through the study of individual artists such as Jan van Eyck, Roger van
der Weyden, Jean Fouquet, Albrecht Dürer, Grünewald, Holbein, Peter Bruegel,
Jerome Bosch and El Greco.
55. Baroque Art . Mr. Rhys.
spring semester
The characteristics of art in the seventeenth century in Italy, France, Flanders, Holland,
and Spain. Special emphasis is given to the paintings of such masters as Caravaggio,
Poussin, Rubens, Rembrandt, El Greco, and Velasquez.
Not offered in 1963-64.
56. M odern P ainting . Mrs. Hanson.
Spring semester
Important stylistic developments in European painting from the French Revolution
through Matisse and Picasso: the meanings of the various movements and their
relationship to changing social and political attitudes.
57. A merican A rt . Mr. Rhys.
Fall semester
Architecture, sculpture
and ........
painting
in• . ! North
America from
the Colonial
Period
J ___ 1.1______ *
.•
n
. . .
.
..
to the present day, their connection with European art and their significance as a
reflection of American culture.
58. M odern A rchitecture . Mr. Walker.
Spring semester
An introduction to the nature of architecture and the function of the architect through
a study of developments in European and American building during the late nine
teenth and twentieth centuries. The specific influence of economic, technological
106
and social changes upon design and structure. Emphasis placed on the study of
original examples in the Philadelphia area and on the work of such men as Sulli
van, Wright, Mies van der Rohe, Gropius and Le Corbusier.
The prerequisite of Fine Arts 1 is waived for students in Engineering.
59. Far Eastern Art . Mr. Rhys.
Fall semester
An introduction to the history of pictorial art in Asia, especially China and Japan,
from the earliest phases and origins of pictorial art in China to new movements in
the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Iconography, stylistic definition, and the
treatment of form, color, and space as they differ from such concerns in Western
art will receive special attention.
Open only to Juniors and Seniors who have a prerequisite of either Fine Arts 1 or
Fine Arts 2.
61-62. Senior Conference .
Mr. Walker.
H
onors
Spring semester
S e m in a r s
100. Ancient A rt . Mr. Walker.
Spring semester
Classical Greek art and architecture within the art historical context of ancient
civilizations of the Near East
101. M edieval A rt . Mr. Williams.
Fall semester
The development of the forms of Christian art during the Middle Ages, with
special emphasis on the Romanesque and Gothic periods in France.
102. I talian Renaissance P ainting . Mr. Williams.
Spring semester
A study and analysis of painting in Italy from Giotto to Titian: the decisive contri
butions of the outstanding masters to its stylistic development and its relationship
to the Renaissance movement as a whole.
103. N orthern Renaissance Painting . Mr. Walker.
Fall semester
Developments in painting and the graphic arts of drawing and print making during
the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries in England, France, the Netherlands, Germany,
and Spain through an intensive study of individual masters such as the Van Eycks,
Roger van der Weyden, Jerome Bosch, Pieter Brughel, Jean Fouquet, Martin
Schongauer, Albrecht Diirer, Hans Holbein, and El Greco.
104. T he Baroque. Mr. Rhys.
Spring semester
The formation of the Baroque in Italy and its development as an international style
in Western Europe. Some consideration is given to architecture and sculpture in
Italy, but the primary orientation is toward painting, especially the work of such
masters as Caravaggio, Poussin, Rubens, Rembrandt, and Velasquez.
105. M odern P ainting . Mr. Rhys.
Fall semester
Important stylistic developments in European painting from the French revolution
through Matisse and Picasso; the meanings of the various movements and their
relationship to changing social and political attitudes.
106. M aster P rint M akers. Mr. Walker.
Spring semester
A consideration of certain problems in the history of the graphic arts. A study of
the significance of the work of such men as Schongauer, Diirer, Rembrandt, Goya,
Daumier, Munch and Rouault for the development of expression in the media of
the woodcut, engraving, etching, aquatint and lithography. Students work almost
exclusively with original material in the Print Room of the Philadelphia Museum
and the Lessing J. Rosenwald Collection in Jenkintown.
107
History
P ro fesso rs : P a u l H. BEiKf
J a m es A. F ield , J r ., Chairman
L a u r e n c e D. L a fo r e
F r ed erick B. T o l l e s J
A ssociate P r o fe sso r : H a rrison M. W right
A ssistant P rofessors : R obert C. B a n n is t e r
G eorge T . B ee c h
I n s t r u c t o r s : J e a n H. K o p y t o f f
P h il ip R. M arshall
L e c t u r e r : A lex a n d er V. R iasanovsky
The offerings of the History Department are designed to give the student a sense of the
past and an acquaintance with the course of cultural and institutional development which
has brought forth the world of today, and at the same time to provide some training in
historical method and the use of evidence. Concerned as it is with these ends, the study
of history in college emphasizes less the accumulation of data than the comprehension of
those ideas and institutions—political, religious, social, economic—by which man has at
tempted to order his world.
The structure of the Department’s program derives from the belief that some knowledge
of European history since classical times is both an important part of a general education
and a necessary prelude to further historical work. History 1-2 is planned as an introduction
to this subject, to the methods and problems of the historian, and to the study and use of
historical materials; it is a prerequisite for all other departmental offerings except Courses
4, 5, 12, and 61. Students contemplating further work in the Department should, if pos
sible, take History 1-2 in the freshman year; those who take the course as sophomores may,
if they have successfully completed History 1, elect an additional history course in the
second semester. Under certain circumstances students who enter college with Advanced
Placement credit in European history and who complete History 1 may be excused from
History 2.
The courses open to sophomores, numbered 3 to 15, deal with our heritage from England,
offer a choice of approaches to the history of the United States, and provide basic coverage
of other important broad areas. Courses 52-61, normally restricted to juniors and seniors,
are designed for more intensive and specialized study of a variety of subjects.
The minimum requirement for acceptance as a major in history is the successful com
pletion of History 1-2 and a satisfactory standard of work in other departments. The work
of the major in Course consists of not less than eight nor more than twelve courses in the
Department, i n c l u d i n g History 1-2, a course in American history, a course in English
history, and Special Topics; while considerable latitude is permitted in the planning of
individual programs, it should be noted that the Comprehensive Examination assumes
some knowledge of these basic fields. For those contemplating work in Honors, history
provides a logical major or minor field in either the Humanities or the Social Sciences and
can serve as a bridge in cross-divisional programs.
f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1964-65.
108
Students who are considering a major or minor in History Honors should give timely
consideration to the prerequisites of their other fields. Those who intend to continue their
studies after graduation should bear in mind that a reading knowledge of one or two foreign
languages is now generally required for admission to graduate school.
C ourses
1-2. I ntroduction to H istory. All members of the department.
Full course
One of the basic courses in the curriculum. The historical problems considered follow
in generally chronological order from the fall of the Roman Empire to the mid
twentieth century.
3. England . Mr. Lafore.
A survey of the history of the English people.
Fall semester
4. T he U nited States to 1877. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field.
Fall semester
The colonial experience; independence, a new society, and a new government;
transcontinental expansion and the struggle between North and South.
5. T he U nited States since 1877. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field
Spring semester
Industrialism and its consequences; the United States as a great power; the problems
of a shrinking world.
6. American I ntellectual H istory before 1865. Mr. Tolies.
Fall semester
The history of ideas in the United States from the colonial period through the
middle of the nineteenth century. A general knowledge of the political and social
history of the period is assumed.
7. American I ntellectual H istory after 1865. Mr. Bannister.
Spring semester
The history of ideas in the United States from the middle of the nineteenth century
to the present time. A general knowledge of the political and social history of the
period is assumed.
12. T he Far East. Mr. Marshall.
Spring semester
From the mid-nineteenth century to the present.
14. Russia. Mr. Beik.
Fall semester
The history of modern Russia. The course begins with the reign of Peter and gives
half its time to the period since the Revolution.
Spring semester
A survey of the origins and character of European overseas expansion and of its
impact on non-European societies, with a comparative study of selected areas and
times.
15. T he Expansion of Europe . Mr. W right.
52. M odern Britain . Mr. Lafore.
The development of a modern industrial society and welfare state.
Spring semester
53. T he French R evolution and N apoleon . Mr. Beik.
The significance of the period from 1789 to 1815 in the development of modern
European social theories and political institutions.
Not offered in 1964-65.
54. M edieval E urope . Mr. Beech.
Spring semester
European and Mediterranean history from the disintegration of the Roman Empire
to about 1300, with special emphasis on western Europe.
56. American D iplomatic H istory. Mr. Field.
Fall semester
Official United States foreign policy considered as a part of the larger problem of
American participation in world affairs.
\
109
57.
F all sem ester
Members of the department.
Recent European problems and institutions examined primarily through the expe
riences of one nation in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. In 1964-65 this
nation will be Germany. Mr. Lafore.
M odern E u ro pe.
60. A frica. Mr. Wright.
Fall semester
Aspects of the history and civilization of Africa. The emphasis is on tropical Africa
in modern times.
61. Q uakerism. Mr. Tolies.
The history of the Society of Friends to the present day. The characteristic religious
and social ideas of the Quakers are considered in their historical setting.
Not offered in 1964-65.
65-66. Special T opics.
Spring semester
Group meetings of senior majors in their final semester to review, integrate, and
supplement their programs. The readings and discussion center on the development
of historical writing from the Middle Ages to the present, and on the relationship
of the historian to his time.
H o n o r s S em in a rs
The following seminars are offered by the department to juniors and seniors to prepare
for the examinations for a degree with Honors. They may be taken in any combination
without regard to chronological order. History 1-2 is a prerequisite to all seminars. In
addition, some preliminary reading is required for seminars 101, 102, and 103 if no work
in American history has been previously elected.
Those who wish to specialize in international relations with a major in history (see
p. 112, last paragraph) should include in their programs at least three of the following
seminars: numbers 103, 110, 116, 117.
101. Early A merican H istory. Mr. Tolies.
Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects of the period from the explorations
to the end of the American Revolution.
Not offered in 1964-65.
102. Problems
in
A merican H istory. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field.
Both semesters
Selected topics in the history of the United States.
103. Problems in A merican H istory: Foreign. Mr. Field.
Spring semester
The United States in the world community: a study of the evolution since 1776 of
American policies toward Europe, Latin America, and the Orient, with emphasis
on ideological, economic, and strategic developments.
109. England since 1785. Mr. Lafore.
Spring semester
The rise of the first modem industrial state. Its social, political, and economic
problems.
110. T he British Empire. Mrs. Kopytoff or Mr. Wright.
Fall semester
Selected areas of the Empire and Commonwealth from 1750 to the present, with
special reference to the history and problems of Canada, Australia, India, South
Africa, and tropical Africa.
111. M edieval E urope. Mr. Beech.
Spring semester
The making and expansion of Western Europe (not excluding England) from
Charlemagne to the twelfth century.
110
112. T he Renaissance and Reformation .
F all sem ester
The period of the Renaissance and the Reformation in continental Europe.
114. Europe 1760 to 1870. Mr. Beik.
Vail semester
The disintegration of the old regime and the rise of liberalism.
115. E urope 1870 to 1939. Mr. Marshall.
Both semesters
Political and social changes in Western Europe prior to the Second World War.
116. D iplomatic H istory of Europe. Mr. Marshall.
Spring semester
The management of international affairs since 1870.
117. Eastern Europe. Mr. Riasanovsky.
Spring semester
The origins and consequences of the Russian Revolution and the development of the
Soviet zone in East Central Europe.
120. T hesis .
A thesis may be substituted for one of the Honors examinations by permission of the
department. The topic should be selected and approved by the end of the junior
year. The thesis must be completed during the first semester of the senior year.
G raduate W o rk
The Department of History offers work leading to the Master’s degree for graduate
students who wish to use the research resources of the Friends Historical Library for a
thesis. In addition to the thesis the candidate normally takes three Honors seminars.
For the general regulations concerning the Master’s degree see pp. 66-67.
I ll
International Relations
Students who plan to enter upon a career in the field of international relations should
include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses in economics,
history, and political science and should complete the intermediate course in one or
more modem languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in the
programs of students who do their major work in economics, history, political science,
or a modern language.
Those students who wish to concentrate in international relations may take their Senioi
Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this examination should
take eight, nine, or ten half courses from among those listed below, including all of those
listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or more in Group III. The examina
tion is administered by a committee appointed by the chairmen of the Departments of
Economics, History, and Political Science, under the Chairmanship of the Department of
Political Science.
Group I
Political Science 12. I nternational P olitics
Political Science 13. I nternational Law and O rganization
Political Science 57-58. A merican F oreign P olicy
Economics 60. I nternational Economics
Group II
History
History
History
History
12. T he Far East
14. R ussia
15. T he Expansion of E urope
60. A frica
Group III
Political
Political
Political
Political
Science
Science
Science
Science
15.
19.
20.
55.
Comparative G overnment
T he Soviet System
G overnment and P olitics of East A sia
M odern P olitical T heory
Students who plan to enter the Honors program will find it possible to select a similar
combination of courses and seminars in the field of international relations. In planning
such programs, they should consult with the chairmen of their prospective major departments.
112
Mathematics
Professor: H einrich Brinkmann , Chairman
A ssociate P rofessors: P hilip W . Carruth
D avid Rosen
Visiting A ssociate Professor: J ohn H unter
A ssistant P rofessor: Stevens H eckscher
I nstructors: Eugene A. K lotz
Erika A. M ares
Pure mathematics is an abstract subject and may be looked upon as the model of a
deductive science. On the other hand, the subject matter of mathematics has for the
most part arisen out of concrete applications to the physical sciences, among which geom
etry occupies a central position. The courses offered in the Department of Mathematics
attempt to combine these points of view and to give a picture of the power and beauty
of the subject when studied for its own sake, as well as its many relations to other fields
of thought. The study of mathematics is essential as a tool for the understanding of the
principles of the physical sciences and engineering; a knowledge of its techniques is indis
pensable for a successful pursuit of these subjects. The same is becoming increasingly
true in the biological sciences and the social sciences.
The sequence consisting of courses 3-4, 11, 12 forms a possible preparation for further
work in mathematics as well as for work in physics and other sciences, and engineering.
The sequence consisting of courses 5-6, 15, 16 forms a more rigorous preparation for
further work in mathematics as well as for the sciences and engineering. It is the prefer
able sequence for students who expect to major in mathematics or who intend to apply
for an honors program containing seminars in mathematics.
For students who intend to major in mathematics in course, the normal sequence of
courses is the following: Freshman year, courses 5-6; Sophomore year, courses 15, 16;
Junior and Senior years, courses 13, 14, 51, 52, 55, these are required of all majors in
course. The completion of Physics 1, 2 is strongly recommended.
In order to be admitted to honors seminars in mathematics, either as a major or as a
minor, a student must have completed courses 11, 12 or preferably 15, 16. Mathematics
7-8 can be used for this purpose by suitably prepared Freshmen. An honors student whose
major is mathematics must also take Physics 1, 2; it is furthermore highly desirable that
he have a reading knowledge of French or German. A junior honors student will normally
take the seminar in Advanced Calculus or the seminar in Advanced Analysis; these sem
inars are offered each year. The remaining seminars are offered as they are required.
Full course
The purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with some of the principles
and fundamental concepts of mathematics. The main topics for study will be an
introduction to logic and sets, linear algebra, the basic ideas of the calculus, with
probability theory and statistics as an application. Pertinent topics from algebra and
trigonometry will be studied as needed. The course is designed as a terminal course
in mathematics and cannot be used as a prerequisite for any course offered by the
Department of Mathematics.
1-2. Introduction to M athematics .
Full course
The subject matter of this course consists of calculus combined with appropriate
material from analytic geometry. It is an introductory course and (as opposed to
Mathematics 5-6) is designed for students whose preparation is less extensive and
who want a somewhat less theoretical treatment of the subject.
3-4. First Y ear M athematics (a ) .
113
Full course
The subject matter of this course consists of calculus and some material from ana
lytic geometry. It is an introductory course but the treatment of the subject is more
rigorous than that given in Mathematics 3-4 and it requires a somewhat better
preparation on the part of the student.
5-6. F irst Y ear M athematics ( b ) .
7-8. H onors Course in Calculus .
F u ll course
This course is designed for those Freshmen who obtain a score of 5 or 4 on the
Advanced Placement Examination in Mathematics. Students with equivalent prepara
tion may take this course by special permission.
Full course
In these courses the student continues the study of calculus and analytic geometry
as begun in Mathematics 3-4. Some work on differential equations is included.
Prerequisite: Courses 3-4; these courses must be passed with a grade of C or better.
11,12. Second Y ear M athematics ( a ) .
Spring semester
Various kinds of geometry (mostly in the plane) will be studied in this course,
using both analytic and synthetic methods. A large part of the work will deal
with projective geometry and its relation to metric and other geometries. The conic
sections will be studied in some detail. This course is not open to freshmen except
by special permission.
Prerequisite: Course 14.
13. H igher G eometry .
F a ll semester
The subject matter of this course consists of various topics of modem algebra, such
as groups, vector spaces, and the algebra of linear transformations and matrices.
This course is not open to freshmen except by special permission.
14. H igher A lgebra.
15,16. Second Y ear M athematics (b ).
These courses follow Mathematics 5-6 and in them the student continues the study
of Calculus as begun there. Work on differential equations, including linear dif
ferential equations with constant coefficients, is included. Various topics from
advanced algebra are also studied.
Prerequisite: Courses 5-6, passed with a grade of C or better.
51, 52. Advanced A nalysis.
These courses deal with the differential and integral calculus of functions of several
variables. The treatment is sufficiently rigorous to develop the student’s mathe
matical maturity and strengthen his understanding of the principles of analysis.
Prerequisites: Courses 7-8 or 11, 12 or 15, 16. These courses must be passed with
a grade of C or better.
54. P robability and Statistics.
This course deals with the mathematical theory of statistics, based upon a study
of the theory of probability. An introduction to the theory of sampling and statis
tical inference will be given.
Prerequisite: Course 51 which may be taken concurrently.
55. Senior Conference .
Spring semester
A weekly meeting held for the purpose of integrating and supplementing the course
program of majors in this department. It is required of all majors in the course
program.
60. Reading Course in M athematics .
This course is to provide an opportunity for students to do special work in fields
not covered by the undergraduate courses, listed above. The work consists in the
preparation of papers requiring extensive and detailed examination of the literature
of a problem.
114
H o n o rs S em in ars
101. Advanced Calculus
fig ” sem ester
The subject matter of this seminar includes the differential and integral calculus of
functions of several variables as well as an introduction to Lebesgue theory. The
treatment will provide the student with an opportunity to use the rigorous processes
of analysis.
102. T opology.
s PrinS semester
This seminar is intended to bridge the gap between Advanced Calculus and certain
topics in abstract mathematics. A thorough study of topological and metric spaces
with some applications to functional analysis will be included.
103. Advanced Analysis.
| j | | | sem ester
This seminar is planned for students who have mathematics as a minor and who
wish to have just one seminar in analysis. It is part of the Honors Program in
Engineering Sciences (see p. 92). Among the subjects studied are functions ot
several variables, infinite series, uniform convergence of infinite processes, Fourier
series, differential equations of the first order, linear differential equations, Bessel
functions.
104. M odern A lgebra.
This seminar deals with the theoretical properties of such formal systems as groups,
ring, fields and vector spaces. While these concepts will be illustrated by many
concrete examples, the emphasis will be on the abstract nature of the subject, the
student will thus be introduced to an important aspect of modem mathematics.
105. T heory of F unctions of a Complex V ariable.
A brief study of the geometry of complex numbers is followed by a detailed treat
ment of the Cauchy theory of analytical functions of a complex variable. Various
applications are given and some special classes of functions, such as elliptic func
tions, are studied. Analytic continuation and the theory of Weierstrass are briefly
considered.
Prerequisite: Seminar 101.
106. T heory of N umbers .
Among the subjects studied in this seminar are: Elementary properties of integers,
the congruence relation, quadratic residues, quadratic forms, certain classical Diophantine equations, simple examples of fields of algebraic numbers.
107. T heory of F unctions of a R eal V ariable.
This v m i n a r is intended for students of some mathematical maturity, and will be
an introduction to some material that is important in present-day mathematics. Topics
covered will include axiomatic set theory, topological and metric spaces, measure
theory, topological groups, and elements of the theory of Banach and Hilbert spaces.
108. Symbolic Logic.
This seminar is given by the Department of Philosophy. A description of it will be
found under the offerings of that department. It may be presented as part of the
mathematics program in Honors.
109. P robability and Statistics.
The purpose of this seminar is to give the mathematical background necessary for
an understanding of the mathematical analysis of statistical data. In addition the
modem development of this subject provides a valuable application of the concepts
and techniques acquired in the study of advanced calculus. The topics^ treated
include: the axiomatic approach, the use of Stieltjes integrals, correlation and
regression, some special distributions, sampling theory, and a short introduction to
the theory of statistical estimation.
115
Modem Language and Literatures
Professors: Franz H. Mautner J (German)
James D. Sorber, Chairman (Spanish)
V isiting Professor: G eorges Couton (French)
A ssociate Professors: H ilde D. C ohn (German)
Frédéric J. G roverî (French)
O lga Lang (Russian)
A ssistant Professors: Elisa A sensio (Spanish)
G eorge C. A very (German)
D avid A. K uhn (French)
J ean A shmead P erkins (French)
I nstructors: A ndrew Boelcskevy (German)
T hompson Bradley (Russian)
Simone V oisin Smith (French)
M arie J ose Southworth (French)
Lecturer : M iguel G onzalez -G erth (Spanish)
V isiting Lecturers : A lbert R. Schmitt (German)
H elen P. Shatagin (Russian)
The department of modern languages and literatures aims to give its majors a com
prehensive view of the literature and culture represented by these languages, in relation
to other humanistic studies. Literature courses listed in the separate sections are con
ducted in the language concerned, and progress in the language is always one of the aims.
The elementary and intermediate courses are designed to prepare the students for
advanced work in literature as well as to meet college and departmental requirements. It
is possible with some extra reading, to major or to enter honors seminars in a language
started in college, but elementary and intermediate courses (numbered 1 to 4) do not
count toward the minimum of eight half courses required of a major.
Prerequisites and recommended subjects for majors are noted under the listing of each
language section.
M odern Language Course (conducted in English)
13. M edieval Comparative Literature .
The tension between ideals and their realization as reflected in the literature of the
Middle Ages.
M odern Language Seminar (conducted in English)
Spring semester— even years
I. The basic techniques of descriptive linguistics (phonology, morphology, syntax)
with emphasis on their application to languages known to the participants; II. The
methods and results of historical-comparative language study; other topics (such as
language typology, translation problems, semantics, language and culture, histories
of linguistics) may be covered, depending on time and students’ interests.
130. Linguistics .
French
All students offering French for entrance are placed at the level where they will pre
sumably profit best by the course, according to their rating in the College Entrance Exam
ination or a test given by the department.
Absent on leave, 1964-65.
116
French may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors work.
Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both course and
honors students and are as follows:
Required:
French 11 or 12 Introduction to Literature, or evidence of equivalent work.
French 6 Advanced Composition and Diction.
Recommended supporting subjects:
History of France, History of Modem Philosophy, Psychology, courses in other
literatures, Fine Arts, Music.
Majors are expected to speak French with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion
in courses and seminars in the language and to pass an oral comprehensive or oral honors
examination in French.
Not all advanced courses are offered every year. Students wishing a major or
French should plan their course carefully in advance with the department in order
to get a well rounded program.
N ote :
m in n r in
Courses
1-2. Elementary French .
For students who begin French in College and for those who have had only one
year in high school. Equivalent to two years’ French in high school. The initial
approach is oral but a foundation is laid for a reading knowledge. No credit is
given for French 1 alone.
3,4. I ntermediate French .
For students who have had French 1-2 or its equivalent (2 years’ French in high
school). Students who have had three years in high school usually enter French
4. Grammar is reviewed. Reading is from contemporary literature in Fr«ich
editions without notes or vocabulary. Every effort is made to help the student to
increase his vocabulary and to discuss what he has read in the French language.
Completion of French 4 satisfies the language requirement. The normal course
to follow French 4 is French 11. (Both courses are offered in the fall semester.)
5. Advanced Composition .
Problems of syntax, stylistics, and translation.
6. Advanced Composition and D iction .
For those who intend to major in French or who wish an advanced linguistic course.
An effort is made to correct faulty pronunciation and to improve self-expression in
the language, both oral and written.
11,12. I ntroduction to L iterature .
In Course 11 the transition is made from reading as an aid to language learning to
the consideration of literary values. The material is selected from works of tne
nineteenth and twentieth centuries, but it is not a systematic survey course. Pre
requisite: French 4 or equivalent. (Offered each semester.)
In Course 12 the treatment is more historical with selected readings from the Middle
Ages to the eighteenth century. (Offered spring semester.)
15,16. Le D éveloppement de l ’I dée Classique, 1549— 1715.
Course 15, French Literature from the Renaissance through the Baroque period (the
Pléiade, Montaigne, Malherbe, Corneille, Descartes, Pascal).
Course 16, a study of Classicism and its ultimate decline (La Fontaine, Boileau,
Molière, Racine, La Bruyère, Saint-Simon and others).
117
17. Le 18* Siecle .
The development of narrative prose and the theatre in the works of Montesquieu
Prévost, Marivaux, Voltaire, etc.
19. R oman du 19* Siècle .
Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, Zola, and others.
20. Roman du 20« Siècle .
Representative 20th century novelists.
21. T héâtre M oderne .
The theater since the classic period.
22. P oésie Lyrique .
Fau semester
Poets of the Middle Ages.
23. P oésie Lyrique .
S p rin g semester
Poets of the modern period.
52. Special T opics. (For senior majors.)
Readings elected to fit the needs of individual seniors and to supplement their
selection of courses. Not designed to prepare for any specific type of comprehensive
examination but to give an opportunity in the senior year for the student to see
his courses in perspective and to see possible relationships with work in other fields.
H o n o rs S em in a rs
100. Littérature du M oyen A ge.
Old French readings in lyric poetry, theater and fiction.
101. La Renaissance .
102. L e T héâtre Classique.
Corneille, Racine, Molière.
103. L’âg e des L umières .
The Philosophes,” the theater and the novel of the eighteenth century.
104. Balzac, Stendhal , F laubert.
105. P roust.
106. P oésie M oderne .
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, Mallarmé, Claudel, Valéry.
108. Lb Roman du 20e Siècle .
While some honors seminars treat the same subject matter as the courses, the reading
required is more extensive both in the texts and in critical material. The work of a
seminar corresponds to two half courses.
118
German
All students offering German for entrance are placed at the level where they can
presumably profit best by the course, according to their rating in the College Entrance
Examination or a test given by the department. As far as possible, German is the language
of the classroom, with the exception of German 7-8.
f i r man may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors work.
Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both course and
honors students and are as follows:
Required:
German XI or 12. Introduction to German Literature or equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects:
Courses in other literatures, History of Philosophy and of Germany, Fine Arts.
Majors are expected to speak German with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in
courses and seminars in the language and to pass oral examinations in German.
N ote: Since not all advanced courses and seminars are offered every year, students wishing
a major or minor in German should plan their course of studies carefully in advance with
the department in order to get a well-rounded program.
C ourses
1-2. Elementary G erman .
For students who begin German in college. Equivalent to two years German in
secondary school. Fundamentals of grammar; easy literary prose.
N o t e : German 2 is usually also offered in the fall semester for students not ready
for German 3.
3. I ntermediate G erman .
Prerequisite: German 1-2 or its equivalent. Narrative and expository prose of
moderate difficulty such as Hesse: Knulp; Brecht: Kalendergeschichten; Schweitzer:
Leben und Denken. Review grammar.
4. I ntermediate G erman .
Fulfills the college requirement. Literary narrative, drama, poetry, expository prose
of greater difficulty, conversation.
Prerequisite: German 3 or equivalent.
6. W riting and Speaking G erman .
Composition and conversation in connection with contemporary literature.
Prerequisite: Course 3-4 or equivalent.
7-8. Elementary G erman (Special Reading Course.)
A special course designed for those who wish to acquire only a reading knowledge
of German. German 7-8 may be used to fulfill the requirements of certain depart
ments or of graduate schools, but not the college foreign language requirement.
l j , 12. Introduction to G erman Literature .
A study of representative German dramas, Novellen, and lyric poems. Discussion,
papers. Not a survey course.
Prerequisite: German 4 or equivalent.
Course 11 deals mainly with 19th and 20th century authors, course 12 with the
classical period.
13. D ie G obthe -Zeit .
The most significant works of Goethe, Schiller, and their contemporaries.
119
14. G oethes Faust, Erster und Z weiter T eil .
An intensive study of Paust, 1 and 11. Also for students who only know Faust,
Part One.
15. D ie D eutsche R omantik .
An introductory study of the Romantic movement in Germany, with readings from
representative authors such as Novalis, Tieck, Arnim, Brentano, Eichendorff.
16. D ie D eutsche N ovelle Seit G oethe .
A study of significant examples of this typically German genre. Authors: Goethe,
Eichendorff, Kleist, Stifter, Keller, Meyer, Storm, Thomas Mann, and contemporary writers. This course is at times also given as a seminar.
17. M oderne D eutsche Literatur .
~, study
leadi“f German writers of the twentieth century, including Hauptmann,
Thomas Mann, Rilke, Hofmannsthal, Kafka.
18. D ie D eutsche Lyrik .
A study of German poetry through the ages. The interrelation of form and "con™dl “ elude, among others, Goethe, Schiller, Hölderlin, Eichendorit, Heme, Morike, Meyer, George, Rilke, and contemporary poets.
20 .
D ie D eutsche K omödie.
Outstanding comedies from Goethe to the present time will be studied in their own
right, as examples of the genre, and as illustrations of German intellectual history.
21 .
K afka .
51. Special T opics.
Readings selected to fit the specific needs of students with an advanced knowledge
ot the German lpguage. Not designed to prepare for any specific type of compre
hensive examination.
H o n o rs Sem in a rs
101.
Literatur des M ittelalters.
Elements of Middle High German grammar as introduction. A study of mediaeval
epics and other poetry especially Nibelungenlied, Parzival, Tristan, Minnesang, and
Walther von der Vogelweide.
103. D eutsches Barock und A ufklaerung .
A study of German literature in the seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries.
Pi0 the mysticism of Angelus Silesius and Jakob Böhme,
the plays of Gryphius, and the prose of Grimmelshausen; a study of Lessing.
104. G oethe .
studied S m° St significant works and Ws röle in German intellectual history will be
105. D ie D eutsche R omantik .
Romanticism as the dominant movement in German literature and thinking of the
first third of the nineteenth century.
106.
Biedermeier ” und "R ealismus.”
I G
u B
WOfkS °f Gri,lparzer> Stifter- KcHer, Meyer, and Storm. Emphasis on
107. D eutsche Literatur Seit 1900.
The chief writers from naturalism to expressionism: Hauptmann's dramas; Thomas
Mann s prose; Rilke s poetry; Hofmannsthal's prose and poetry; Kafka; Brecht.
108. D as D eutsche D rama.
Representative examples of the dramatic genre in German literature from the end
ot the 18th century to the present.
120
109.
Die D eutsche Lyrik .
Studies in German poetry. Methods and problems of interpretation.
Russian
Russian may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in Honors work.
Prerequisites and recommended subjects are the same for both course and Honors students.
Required: Russian 11, 12. Introduction to Russian Literature, Russian 13, Russian
Novel.
Recommended supporting subjects: Russian History, The Soviet System.
Recommended for minors in Honors: Russian Novel, Russian History, The Soviet
System.
1-2. Elementary R ussian .
course
Designed to familiarize the beginner with the essentials of the spoken and written
language. Fundamentals of grammar and reading of easy literary prose.
3,4.
I ntermediate R ussian .
Readings in Russian literature. Short outline of Russian history. Translations from
Russian fiction and periodicals. Review of grammar.
Conversation. Reports. Composition. Conducted in Russian.
Prerequisite: Russian 1-2 or its equivalent.
5-6. Advanced R ussian.
For majors and those who are not primarily interested in literature. Problems of
syntax and style, composition, conversation, and translation. Conducted in Russian.
11,12.
I ntroduction to Literature .
Readings in Russian classical literature: Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol, Tolstoy, Tur
genev, Dostoevsky, Chekhov. Study of these writers’ biographies and their political
and social backgrounds. Intensive work in translation and composition. Advanced
conversation. Conducted in Russian.
Prerequisite: Russian 3, 4 or its equivalent.
13. Russian N ovel.
Lectures and reading in English. The Russian majors will be required to read a part
of the material in Russian.
51. Special T opics.
Readings selected to fit the specific needs of students.
H o n o rs S em in ars
(Open to majors in course.)
101. T olstoy.
102. Chekhov and G orky.
103. P ushkin and Lermontov . N ot offered in 1964-65.
104. D ostoevsky. Not offered in 1964-65.
Spanish
All students offering Spanish for entrance are placed at the level where they will pre
sumably profit best by the course, according to their rating in the College Entrance Exami
nation or a test given by the department.
Spanish may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors work.
Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both course and
honors students and are as follows:
Required: Spanish 11, 12 Introduction to Literature.
Recommended supporting subjects:
Introduction to Philosophy, Psychology, English or other foreign or classic literature,
Fine Arts, Music, South American History.
121
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion
in courses and seminars in the language and to pass an oral comprehensive or oral honors
examination in Spanish.
C ourses
1-2. E lementary Spanish .
For students who begin Spanish in college. Equivalent to two years’ Spanish in
high school. The emphasis is both on the spoken language and on reading.
3,4.
I ntermediate Spanish .
For students who have had Spanish 1-2 or its equivalent (two years in high school).
Students who have had three years usually enter Spanish 4. Grammar is reviewed.
Reading is from Spanish and South American literature with emphasis on increasing
the student s vocabulary and his ability to discuss his reading in oral and written
Spanish.
9. Advanced Composition and D iction .
For majors and others who wish an advanced course in which the emphasis is not
primarily literary. An effort is made to correct faulty pronunciation and to improve
self-expression in the language both oral and written.
11,12.
I ntroduction to Spanish Literature .
Representative texts of modem Spanish and Latin American writers. Conducted in
Spanish with frequent written work in Spanish.
13. E l T eatro M oderno.
Plays of the major Spanish writers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
14. L a N ovela H ispanoamericana .
Representative novelists from Marrnol in Argentina to Yànez in Mexico.
15,16. L as O bras de Cervantes.
Novelas ejemplares. The Quixote. (A year course giving a thorough study of
Cervantes. The first semester may stand alone.)
17. La P oesia en el Siglo X X .
A study of the major poets of Spain and Latin America since modernismo.
18. La N ovela en el Siglo XX.
A study of the major novelists since thè Spanish Civil War.
19. P oesia, T eatro y N ovela D el Siglo de O ro .
Representative authors of the Siglo de Oro, excluding Cervantes.
52. Special T opics for Senior M ajors .
Readings selected to fit the needs of seniors and to supplement their selection of
courses. Not designed to prepare for any specific type of comprehensive examination, but to give an opportunity in the senior year for the student to see his courses
in perspective and to see possible relationships to work in other fields.
Sem in ars
101. La N ovela H ispanoamericana .
102. La N ovela en el Siglo X X .
103. Las O bras db Cervantes.
104. E l T eatro M oderno .
105. P oesía, T eatro y N ovela D el Siglo de O ro.
106. La P oesía bn el Siglo X X .
107. La Literatura de la Edad M edia.
„ N oth: While the tides of seminars in Spanish correspond to the titles of courses, honors students
read more extensively both in the texts and critical work. The work of a seminar corresponds to that of
two nalr courses.
122
Music
A ssociate P ro fesso rs : C laudio S pies
P e t e r G ram Sw in g , Chairman
V isitin g L ec tu r er : A l v in H . J o h n s o n
A ssistant : C arl R. B erky
The study of music as a liberal art requires an integrated approach to theory, history and
performance, experience in all three fields being essential to the understanding of music as
an artistic and intellectual achievement. Theory courses and seminars train the student to
work with musical materials, to understand modes of organization in compositions, and to
evolve methods of musical analysis. History courses and seminars trace the development of
music in historical time, exploring relationships with other arts and areas of thought. Per
formance is assumed as part of the training in hearing and understanding music and is made
a part of classroom work. While the Department does not give course credit for instruction
in instruments or voice, it encourages its students to develop performing skills through private
study and through participation in the orchestra and chorus, both of which are conducted
by members of the Department. Members also coach individual performers and chamber
music groups organized by the students for Bond concerts and other public performances.
They also hold informal chamber music readings at home.
Students wishing to combine instrumental or vocal studies outside the College with a
major in music at Swarthmore can, with special permission from the Department and
the Dean, elect a five-year plan of study, thus reducing the normal number of courses to be
taken per semester.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
M a jo r s
for
and
M in o rs
Music 11-12 or 13-14 are prerequisite for acceptance as a major. All majors will take
three full courses in Theory and four half courses (or the equivalent in seminars) in
History. Music 1, 2 can be counted toward meeting the History requirement. A major who
does not take Music 1, 2 will normally include both Music 151 and Music 152 in his pro
gram.
Majors in Honors: A major in honors will normally take four examinations in music.
He will take Music 61-62 in course, preferably in the junior year, in preparation for an
honors examination on the material covered.
Minors in Honors: A minor in honors will normally take two examinations in music.
A full course in Theory is prerequisite for all History seminars. Music 1, 2 may, with
permission of the Department, be substituted for the Theory prerequisite. Such permission
is normally granted when the student’s work has shown sufficient technical grasp of music
to indicate that he can handle the work of a particular seminar.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate work
in music requires a reading knowledge of French and German. A reading knowledge of
Latin is also desirable for students planning to do graduate work in musicology.
Instrumental proficiency: All majors in music will be expected to play the piano well
enough to perform at sight a two-part invention of J. S. Bach and a first movement of
an easy late 18th or early 19th century sonata. By the end of the junior year they should
be able to read chamber music scores as well as vocal music in four clefs. Students with
exceptional proficiency in an instrument other than the piano or in singing will not be
expected to meet the performing standards of pianists.
T h eo ry
and
C o m po sit io n
11-12. H armony . Mr. Spies.
Full course
A course in elementary Harmony. Emphasis will be placed on written exercises
along with ear-training, dictation and keyboard harmony. Frequent reference will
be made to a variety of keyboard and chamber compositions which will be carefully
analysed.
123
13-14.
C o u n t e r p o in t .
Mr. Spies.
F u ll course
An introductory course offering training in Modal Counterpoint with reference to
sixteenth-century practice, and in Tonal Counterpoint with specific reference to the
style of J. S. Bach. Students will be required to submit exercises at regular intervals.
Toward the end of the course they will compose several two-part Inventions. In addi
tion to exercises there will be analyses of a variety of compositions for vocal and
instrumental media. This course may be taken concurrently with Music 11-12.
61-62. I ntermediate T heory . Mr. Spies.
Full course
A continuation of Music 11-12 and 13-14 covering specialized areas of Harmony,
Counterpoint and analysis.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12, Music 13-14, or the equivalent.
H o n o rs Sem in a rs
163. A dvanced T heory . Mr. Spies.
181. Com position . Mr. Spies.
Offered as a tutorial to qualified students. Prerequisite: Music 61-62.
H istory
1. I ntroduction
to th e
of
M usic
H istory of M usic . Mr. Swing and Mr. Berky
Fall semester
The history of music in Western civilization from the Middle Ages to 1750. This
course works with a basic repertory of compositions studied in the intellectual con
text of the eras in which they were written. Particular emphasis is given to training
in listening and analysis, and the relevance of analysis to listening.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
2. I ntroduction
to the
H istory of M usic . Mr. Swing and Mr. Berky
Spring semester
A continuation of Music 1, dealing with the history of music in Western civilization
from 1750 to the present. The same approach to listening and analysis is followed,
with particular attention given to music of the Classic era and music of the 20th
century.
Open to all students without prerequisite. For both Music 1 and Music 2, prior
familiarity with the rudiments of music is desirable but not essential.
21. T h e Sym phony
from
H aydn to M ahler . Mr. Johnson
Fall semester
27. J. S. Bach . Mr. Swing.
Spring semester
A study of representative works, including the Mass in B minor and the St. John
Passion.
Music 21 and 27 are designed for students who have taken Music 1 or Music 2 (or
a course in Theory) wishing to do further work in special areas of music history.
Both courses may be counted for credit in a major-in-course program.
H o n o r s S em in a rs
128. W. A. M ozart. Mr. Swing.
Fall semester
A study of representative works in the light of modern style criticism. A reading
knowledge of French or German is desirable.
132. H istory of th e String Q uartet. Mr. Swing.
Spring semester
This seminar traces the development of the string quartet from the middle of the
18th century to the present through study of selected quartets by Haydn, Mozart,
Beethoven, Schubert, Brahms, Bartók, Webern, and Carter.
Not offered in 1964-65; offered in 1965-66.
124
151. M edieval and Renaissance M usic. Mr. Johnson.
Fall semester
An introduction to the study of music from the 9th century to the middle of the
16th century. Emphasis will be placed on analysis of selected compositions, related
problems in performance practice, the function of music in the Catholic liturgy
and the relationship of music to the thought and art of the times.
Not offered in 1964-65; offered in 1965-66.
152. Music in th e Baroque Era . Mr. Johnson.
Spring semester
A continuation of Music 151. The emergence of opera, oratorio and cantata in Italy
and their dissemination over the Continent; the development of idiomatic instru
mental music.
191. T utorial. Staff.
125
Philosophy and Religion
P ro fesso rs : M o n r o e C. B eardsley , Acting Chairman
J o h n M . M oore
A ssociate P r o fe sso r : J er o m e A. Sh a f f e r
A ssistan t P r o fe sso r : P. L in w o o d U r b a n f
I n s t r u c t o r s : W illia m G usta so n
L a w r e n c e Sklar
L e c t u r e r : G ilm o re St o t t
V isitin g L e c t u r e r : J am es F. R oss **
The study of philosophy consists in examining the beliefs to which one is committed
by accepting scientific knowledge and common-sense views of the world; clarifying
basic concepts; determining the circumstances under which statements may properly be
said to be true in all fields of human inquiry and concern, including ethical and aesthetic
discourse; and drawing the outlines of an account of human experience coherent with
the evidence of the sciences. Because of the role of philosophy in the history of human
thought, and because of the relation of philosophical ideas to problems in other fields,
philosophy may be studied as instrumental to the understanding of wider areas of history
or thought.
Religion is studied primarily as a system of ideas, both ethical and theological: sys
tematically, through a consideration of representative forms of contemporary religious
thought; and historically, through an examination of the great religions and the develop
ment of religion, particularly of the Judaeo-Christian tradition.
R e q u ir e m e n t s a n d R ec o m m e n d a t io n s
f o r M a jo r s a n d M in o rs
The minimum prerequisite to admission as a major in either philosophy or religion will
normally be the completion of one year’s work in the department. Students who major
in philosophy must obtain permission in order to count for credit in fulfillment of their
major requirement more than one course in religion; and students who major in religion
must obtain permission in order to count for credit in fulfillment of their major require
ment more than one course in philosophy. (Courses 25, 26 and 27 may be counted either
as philosophy or as religion.) Philosophy majors in course must elect course 52 in their
senior year.
I. Introduction to P hilosophy . The staff.
Each semester
Several of the most important problems of philosophy, and alternative answers to
them, are discussed. Typical examples are: the problem of free will, the arguments
for the existence of God, the nature of logic and mathematics, the sources and kinds
of knowledge, the justification of ethical judgments.
N ote : Course 1 is a prerequisite for courses 11 through 27. Other courses may be
taken in any order that is convenient. Members of the department will offer advice on
request concerning an order of courses to suit individual needs. Students planning to do
honors work should not take courses dealing with material to be covered in honors
seminars.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1964-65.
** Fall semester, 1964-65.
126
Ethics. Mr. Stott.
Each semester
A study of the principal theories about value and moral obligation, and of their
justification. The emphasis is systematic, but works of leading ethical philosophers,
both classical and contemporary, will be read as illustrations of the major theories.
^all semester
12. Logic. Mr. Gustason.
An introduction to deductive logic with some attention to the problems of inductive
logic. The emphasis is on principles of logical inference in the propositional calculus
and general quantification theory. Due attention will be given to practical applica
tions of these principles. Other topics include: theory of definition, algebra of
classes, the nature of axiomatic systems, and probability.
13. Selected M odern P hilosophers . Mr. Shaffer or Mr. Beardsley.
Spring semester
The history of modern philosophy, with primary attention given to the problem of
the foundations, scope and limits of human knowledge, as examined by Descartes,
Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Kant.
Spring semester
14. Ancient P hilosophy . Mr. Gustason.
A study of ancient philosophy in all its aspects: ethics, political theory, metaphysics,
and aesthetics. Primary emphasis is placed on the dialogues of Plato; briefer attention
is given to the pre-Socratics, Plato’s contemporaries, and Aristotle.
15. Philosophy of Science . Mr. Sklar.
Spring semester
A study of the nature, scope, and limitations of scientific method and scientific expla
nations. This involves, on the one hand, a treatment of a number of particular
logical problems such as the nature of laws, explanations, probability, and theories;
and, on the other hand, some treatment of a number of particular scientific topics
such as the definition of life, action at a distance, cosmology, the uncertainty principle,
and evolution.
Fall semester
16. Contemporary P roblems . Mr. Shaffer.
A study of contemporary discussions of fundamental problems, such as the theory
of meaning, the foundations of knowledge, the perception of physical objects, the
nature of the self. Readings in the articles and books of major living philosophers,
including Russell, Lewis, Ayer, and Ryle.
17. Aesthetics. Mr. Beardsley.
Fall semester
A study of some problems that arise in describing, interpreting, and evaluating
aesthetic objects, including literature, music and fine arts. Among these problems
are the clarification of such terms as "form,” “style,” and ' meaning, an examination
of current attempts to subsume aesthetic objects under the general theory of signs,
and the analysis of the reasoning by which value judgments about aesthetic objects
are supported and defended.
18. Social P hilosophy . Mr. Sklar.
Spring semester
A survey of the philosophical problems arising from the study of the history and
behavior of human societies. Some examples are: the possible limitations on pre
diction and explanation, the methodological role of value-judgments, the idea of the
society as more than its members, historical relativism, the concept of progress, objec
tivity, the sociology of knowledge, the justification of democracy.
Fall semester
An examination of some of the basic trends in recent thought such as Pragmatism,
Positivism, Analytical Philosophy, and Existentialism. Special emphasis will be placed
upon the degree of adequacy of these systems in dealing with questions concerning the
nature, scope, and limits of human knowledge.
Not offered in 1964-65.
19. Recent P hilosophical M ovements . Mr. Shaffer.
Spring semester
A study of language in its nonformal aspects: the concept of meaning and types of
meaning; the functions of language; definitions; ambiguity; metaphor; symbolism;
reference.
20. T he P hilosophy of Language. Mr. Sklar.
127
25. P hilosophy of R eligion . Mr. Moore.
Spring semester
The nature of religion; the psychology and interpretation of religious experience;
the problem of religious knowledge; the validity and difficulties of Christian theology
and ethics.
26. M edieval Philosophy . Mr. Urban.
Spring semester
Philosophical thought from Augustine to the fifteenth century. Attention will be
paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and epistemology and
to outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. Although the
primary emphasis will be historical, attention will be given to the contemporary
relevance of medieval thought.
Not offered in 1964-65.
27. T heological and A nalytical P hilosophy . Mr. Moore or Mr. Urban.
Fall semester
A study in the meaning and verification of religious statements, the concept of
analogy, the nature of theological explanation, and the analytical critique of the
arguments for the existence of God. Readings in the articles and books of con
temporary thinkers, including Ayer, Flew, Hepburn, MacIntyre, Toulmin and Zuurdeeg. The course will consider both the question of the validity of the analytical
critique of traditional theology and the possibility of a philosophy of religion within
analytical philosophy.
31. P roblems of Christianity T oday. Mr. Urban.
Each semester
The purpose of this course is to study various answers to the chief religious problems
of the twentieth century. Problems include: faith and reason, the existence of God,
religion and morality, science and religion, the Bible, and the problem of evil.
Answers include reference to various schools of thought: fundamentalism, liberalism,
humanism, and neo-orthodoxy; and to the works of individual thinkers: Reinhold
Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, Martin Buber, and others. The student will be urged to
find his own answers and to work out his own religious beliefs.
N o t e : Students planning to take more than one course in Religion should normally
commence with Course 31, although this course is not a prerequisite for the others.
33. Early Christian T hought . Mr. Urban.
Fall semester
The rise and development of Christian thinking to the 13th century, the influence
of Judaism and Greek philosophy, the formation of the creeds, Scholasticism,
Augustine and Aquinas.
Not offered in 1964-65.
34. M odern Christian T hought . Mr. Urban.
Spring semester
The development of Christian thought from the Reformation to the twentieth century,
with emphasis upon the relationship between Christian and secular thinking; the
main ideas of the Reformation, church and sect in the Reformation, Roman Catholic
development, Protestant orthodoxy, Protestant liberalism.
Not offered in 1964-65.
35. H istory o f Religions. Mr. Moore.
Fall semester
An historical and comparative study of the world’s religions: primitive religions,
Hinduism, Buddhism, Chinese and Japanese religion, Islam. Stress will be placed
upon the ethical and philosophical teaching of these religions and their role in the
interaction of modem cultures. Comparisons and contrasts will be made between
these religions and Judaism and Christianity.
36. T he O ld T estament and th e Rise of J udaism . Mr. Ross.
Fall semester
An introduction to the literature and history of the people of Israel. Early traditions,
the law and the prophets, the emergence of Judaism.
128
37. T he N ew T estament . Mr. Moore.
Spring semester
An introduction to the literature and history of early Christianity. The formation
of the gospels, the life and teachings of Jesus, the Christian movement in the apostolic
age.
51. Special T opics. Staff.
An intensive course may be offered from time to time in a field not covered by the
regular program. Open only to juniors and seniors.
52. Senior Conference . Staff.
Spring semester
For senior majors in philosophy. Individual programs are planned to prepare for
the comprehensive examination.
History 61. Q uakerism . Mr. Tolies.
The history of the Society of Friends to the present day. The characteristic religious
and social ideas of the Quakers are considered in their historical setting. (May be
counted toward a major in religion.)
H onors W ork
For admission of honors in philosophy, the requirement is normally two semester courses
drawn from those numbered from 1 to 27. For admission to honors work in religion, the
requirement is normally two semester courses selected from among courses numbered 1,
and 25 to 45.
101. M oral P hilosophy .
Spring semester
A study of the principal theories about value and moral obligation, and of their
justification, in the light of psychological and anthropological material; of the con
cepts of justice and human rights; of the implications for ethics of different theories
about the freedom of the will. The emphasis is systematic, but works of representative
theorists, both classical and contemporary, will be read.
102. Ancient P hilosophy . Mr. Gustason.
The development of Greek thought in ethics, metaphysics, logic and science, with
special attention to Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is given to tracing the emergence
of distinctively philosophical and scientific methods, and the relation of these methods
to contemporary techniques.
103. H istory of M odern P hilosophy . Mr. Beardsley or Mr. Shaffer.
The development of modern thought from Descartes to Kant. This seminar may
appropriately be combined with work in any of the three divisions.
104. Contemporary P roblems. Mr. Shaffer.
A study of contemporary theories on some basic problems such as the theory of
meaning, universals, the foundations of knowledge, theories of perception, the
nature of the self and mental states, and the relation of mind and body. The reading
is in the recent work of such philosophers as Broad, Ayer, Russell, Lewis, Ryle, and
Wittgenstein.
105. P hilosophy of Science . Mr. Sklar.
Spring semester
An advanced treatment of some fundamental problems in the field. Some of the
topics are: the nature of scientific explanations, laws, and theories; the concepts
of probability and meaningfulness; the thesis of determinism; definition and inference;
the role of mathematics and models in science; simplicity; the problems of definition
and verification in such fields as cosmology, evolution, and psychoanalysis.
106. Aesthetics. Mr. Beardsley.
A systematic examination of the philosophy of art and the methodological founda
tions of criticism. (See course 17.) Recommended for students of literature, music
and the fine arts.
129
107. Social P hilosophy . Mr. Sklar.
Fall semester
An advanced treatment of some problems arising from the study of societies and
individuals. Examples of topics: the nature of scientific method; the possibility and
significance of distinctions between these studies and the physical sciences; sophisticated
experimental design; analytical philosophy of history; the logical character of expla
nations of behavior; the difference between causes of beliefs and reasons for beliefs;
the descriptive-evaluative distinction; ideal types and ideal societies.
108. Symbolic Logic. Mr. Sklar.
Fall semester
The three aims of this seminar are (1) thorough coverage of the techniques of
elementary and intermediate symbolic logic, and some attention to advanced topics;
(2) development of the various views about the foundations of mathematics in the
light of (1 ); (3) study of the logical implications and difficulties with (1) and
(2) with reference to, e.g., the paradoxes, orders of infinity, extensions of the number
concept, the Godel and Skolem theorems.
110. M edieval P hilosophy . Mr. Urban.
Philosophical thought from Augustine to the fifteenth century. Attention will be
paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and epistemology and to
outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, Scotus and Ockham. Although the
primary emphasis will be historical, attention will be paid to the contemporary
relevance of medieval thought.
111. T h e I dea of G od in W estern T hought . Mr. Urban.
An examination will be made of writings which have contributed most to Western
concepts of God. The study will include Plato, Aristotle, the Bible, Athanasius,
Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, Luther, Calvin, Kant, Schleiermacher, Rudolf Otto,
John Baillie and others.
112. Contemporary Religious P hilosophers . Mr. Urban.
This seminar will concentrate on representative thinkers and schools of thought in
the present century. These will include Karl Barth, Martin Buber, Jacques Maritain,
Reinhold Niebuhr, William Temple, Paul Tillich, and Henry N. Wieman.
120. T hesis.
A thesis may be submitted by majors in the department in place of one of the
seminars, upon application by the student and at the discretion of the Department.
130
Physical Education for Men
Director o f A t h l e t ic s a n d P hysical E d u c a t io n
ate P rofessor : W illis J. St e t s o n
for
M en
and
A ssoci
Associate P r o fesso r s : L ew is H . E lverson
E d w in J. F a u l k n e r
Assistant P r o f e ss o r : G o m e r D avies
Assistants : B r o o k e P. C o t t m a n
R obert B. F orw ood
J o s e p h L e it n e r
J am es W . L u k e n s , J r .
J am es C. M ayer
J am es J. M c A doo
R obert M c C o ach
J am es H . M ille r
J am es W . N oyes
College P h y sic ia n : D r . M orris A. B o w ie
The course in Men’s Physical Education is designed to acquaint each participant with
both team and individual sports. The value of team play is developed while emphasis is
also placed on the so-called "carry over” sports which one can enjoy after graduation.
Each individual, while benefiting from the physical exercise, also becomes better acquainted
with the fundamentals, rules, etc., of the various sports and so is better able to enjoy these
activities as a spectator.
The intercollegiate athletic program is a comprehensive one with varsity schedules
in eleven different sports. In many of these activities there are contests arranged for
junior varsity teams, thus providing ample opportunity for large numbers of men to engage
in intercollegiate competition.
F a c u l t y R e q u ir e m e n t s
Physical education is required of all non-veteran freshmen and sophomores unless
excused by the College physician. During this two-year period, men students must attend
a minimum of three classes per week.
All men not excused for medical or other reasons are expected to fulfill this requirement.
A semester’s work failed in the first two years must be repeated in the Junior year. No man
with a deficiency in physical education is permitted to enter his Senior year.
F a l l A ctivities
Badminton
*Cross Country
*Football
Golf
♦Soccer
Swimming
Tennis
Touch Football
W in t e r A ctivities
Badminton
♦Basketball
Boxing
Lacrosse
♦Swimming
Tennis
Track
| Volley Ball
♦Wrestling
S p r in g A ctivities
♦Baseball
♦Golf
♦Lacrosse
♦Track
Volley Ball
Softball
♦Tennis
* Indicates intercollegiate competition.
131
Physical Education for Women
A ssociate P rofessors : V irginia R a t h , Chairman
Irene M o l i
A ssistant P r o fe sso r : E l e a n o r K . H ess
I n s t r u c t o r : A il y n T erada
C o lleg e P h y sicia n : D r . M orris A. B ow ie
The aim of the Department is to contribute to the education of all women students
through the medium of physical activity. We believe this contribution can best be
achieved through participation in a broad program of sports, dance and developmental
activities. The program provides: instruction and experience in sports and dancing; swim
ming instruction on all levels; corrective and developmental exercises. It is our hope that the
student will also acquire: appreciation of the dance as an art form; good sportsmanship;
added endurance; good posture; leadership training; joy in outdoor exercise; and a pro
gram of interests and skills that will carry over for her after college, so she may become a
useful part of her community.
Classes are kept small to insure individual attention, and students are grouped where
possible according to ability. Ample opportunities are given for intramural and inter
collegiate competition, as well as for public performances and demonstrations.
Freshmen and sophomores take three periods of activity each week. These may be
elected from classes listed below with the stipulation that they take swimming until a
test is passed; take a dance activity; take a team sport; take an individual sport; and take
developmental gymnastics if the posture grade or motor skill test indicate a need for it
Regulation costumes should be ordered before college opens. Blanks for this purpose
will be sent out from the Office of the Dean to all incoming students.
Fall and Spring
Badminton . Miss Hess, Miss Rath, Mr. Faulkner, Miss Terada.
Winter
Class and Varsity.
Winter
Basketball. Miss Moll, Miss Hess.
Class and Varsity.
Winter
Bowling . Staff.
Fall and Spring
G olf . Miss Moll.
Class and Varsity.
Pall Term
H ockey. Miss Hess.
Class and Varsity.
Spring
L acrosse. Miss Hess.
Class and Varsity.
Winter
Soccer. Miss Hess.
Class and Varsity.
Spring
Softball . Miss Moll.
Class and Varsity.
132
Miss Rath, Miss Hess, Miss Terada.
Fall, Winter and Spring
Beginner, intermediate and advanced classes in strokes, diving, and water ballet.
Class and Varsity.
Sw i m m in g .
Tennis. Miss Terada, Miss Hess, Mr. Faulkner, Miss Rath and Miss Moll.
Fall, Winter and Spring
Miss Moll, Miss Hess, Miss Terada.
Class and Varsity.
Volleyball.
Water Ballet. Miss Terada.
Winter
Fall and Spring
O t h e r A ctivities
Developmental G ymnastics. Miss Rath, Miss Terada.
Winter
Required of all first-year students whose posture grade or motor ability test indicate
a need for it.
Folk and Square D ancing . Miss Moll.
Fall and Winter
Open to men students also.
Modern D ance . Miss Terada.
Fall, Winter and Spring
Class and Club.
Recreational M aterials and Resources. Staff.
Winter and Spring
Red Cross Life Saving and W ater Safety . Miss Rath.
Winter and Spring
Senior and Instructors’ courses.
133
Physics
P ro fesso rs : W illia m C. E l m o r e , Chairman
M il a n W . G a r r ett $
A ssociate P ro fesso rs : O lex a -M y r o n B il a n iu k
M a r k A. H eald
P a u l C. M a n g elsd o rf , jR .f
A ssistant P r o fesso r : J arl A. E lm g r en
I n s t r u c t o r : C lair W . N ie l so n
The physics department, through its introductory course in general physics, endeavors
to give an integrated account of basic physics. In this course, as well as in the advanced
work of the department, emphasis is placed on quantitative, analytical reasoning, as distinct
from the mere acquisition of facts and skills. The introductory course makes no pretense
of covering all material of interest to physicists, but rather comprises a selection of topics
which form a coherent group.
Advanced work in the department involves a more intensive study of topics covered
at the introductory level, and of many phases of modern physics which require a con
siderable background in mathematics and electricity. In all courses and seminars particular
importance is attached to laboratory work, since physics is primarily an experimental
science. Honors candidates taking physics seminars accompanied by laboratory work must
submit their laboratory notebooks to the visiting examiners for their inspection.
R e q u ir e m e n t s a n d R e c o m m en d a tio n s
f o r M a jo r s a n d M in o rs
Students who intend to major in physics normally take Physics 1, 2 and Chemistry 1, 2
in the freshman year and Physics 11, 12 in the sophomore year. In addition they should
complete Mathematics 12 or 16 by the end of their sophomore year. In view of graduate
school requirements and of the extensive literature of physics in German and Russian, it is
strongly recommended that the student fulfill his language requirement in one of these
languages. A grade of C or better in Physics 1, 2 is normally prerequisite for all further
work in the department, and Chemistry 2 is a prerequisite for Physics 112 and 113.
Honors students majoring in physics normally take Physics 102, 112, 113, in that order,
and Mathematics 101, 102. A third mathematics seminar, ususdly Mathematics 104, is
encouraged but not required. An honors student who has been unable to schedule Physics
11, 12 should plan to take Physics 111. Other seminars in the program may be chosen
from astronomy, biology, chemistry, electrical engineering, engineering sciences, experi
mental psychology, or philosophy. Such a program is a particularly satisfactory way of
preparing for graduate or other professional work in physics or mathematics. However, it
constitutes in itself an effective educational program, since the aim throughout is to achieve
an understanding of fundamental ideas and concepts, as distinct from the mastery of infor
mation, skills, and techniques in a limited segment of science.
Course students majoring in physics normally complete the following courses in their
junior and senior years: Mathematics 51, 52; Chemistry 61, 62; and Physics 51, 52, 53,
54, 56. It is recommended that Physics 60 be included in the program of course students
who intend to do graduate work in physics. This program provides a well-rounded study of
physics, and by requiring less intensive concentration than an honors program offers the
t Absent on leave, 1964-65.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1964-65.
134
student the opportunity to extend his work outside the Division of the Natural Sciences.
It should also meet the needs of those who wish to teach science in secondary school.
Secondary school students who are considering majoring in physics at Swarthmore are
strongly encouraged to complete four years of mathematics and a minimum o two
years of either German or Russian, or French if neither of these is available.
C o u r se St a t e m e n t
I, 2. G eneral P hysics. Mr. Bilaniuk, Mr. Elmgren, and Staff.
An introductory course in basic physics. During the first semester special emphasis
is placed on particle mechanics, conservation principles, harmonic motion, kinetic
theory and heat. During the second semester the topics include basic concepts in
electricity and magnetism, direct current circuits, and optics, with a brief introduc
tion to quantum physics. This course, or its equivalent, must precede any advanced
courses or seminars in physics. It is required of most science majors, lnree
lectures, a conference, and a laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 3, 4 taken concurrently, or adequate preparation in
mathematics.
7-8. Concepts and T heories in P hysical Science . Mr. Rosenberg.
Full course
The first semester consists in an analysis of motion leading to the Newtonian syn
thesis, the conservation laws of physics, the development of an atomic theory ot
matter, the periodic table of elements, and the kinetic theory of gases.
The second semester considers the evolution of modern physics: physical properties
of light, aspects of relativity, the wave versus the quantum theory of light, certain
electrical phenomena, the atomicity of charge, Bohr’s model of the atom, radioactivity,
elementary particles, the nuclear atom and nuclear energy, stellar energy.
This course is designed as a terminal course in physical science to meet the needs
of non-science majors and fulfills the group 1 distribution requirement. It is no
intended to fulfill the physics requirement of medical schools, and cannot be used as
a prerequisite for further work in the Division of the Natural Sciences.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
II, 12. M echanics and W ave M otion . Mr. Heald and Mr. Elmore.
Particle and rigid body mechanics with an introduction to advanced dynamics. Elastic
waves and wave motion. Interference and diffraction phenomena. Considerable
emphasis is placed on laboratory work, both to illuminate and extend the subject
matter, and to foster the students’ ability to work independently. This course is
required of physics majors. In addition, this course or its equivalent, Physics 111,
is recommended for others who desire further work in physics.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 11, 12 taken concurrently.
51, 52. M odern P hysics. Mr. Mangelsdorf and Staff.
A selection of topics including special relativity; quantum theory with applications
to atomic structure and solid-state physics; nuclear and high-energy physics. Three
lectures and one laboratory period weekly. Open to seniors only.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 and consent of the instructor.
53. Circuit T heory I.
Fal1 semester
(Identical with Electrical Engineering 53)
54. T hermal P hysics. Mr. Mangelsdorf.
Even years, fall semester
Continuum properties of matter and of thermal energy. Thermodynamics and
statistical mechanics of mechanical, chemical, electrical and magnetic systems.
Entropy, fluctuation theory, irreversible thermodynamics. Brownian motion, diffusion
theory, transport processes. Three lectures and one conference section weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 12.
135
56. Field T heory .
(Identical with Electrical Engineering 56)
Spring semester
60. Special T opics. Staff.
A semester course that may be elected by senior physics majors. Readings and prob
lems will be assigned in areas of physics not covered in other courses. The asso
ciated laboratory work will be directed toward the acquisition of knowledge and
skills that will be useful to future research, and normally will involve the develop
ment of apparatus and the performance of an experiment of contemporary signifi
cance in physics. A carefully written report of the experiment, together with
solutions of assigned problems, is required in lieu of a final examination.
H o n o rs Sem in a rs
102. E lectricity
and
M agnetism . Mr. Heald
Spring semester
Classical electrodynamics, covering static and dynamic electricity, magnetism and
electromagnetism, with some electronics. Laboratory measurements in direct and
alternating currents and in magnetism, together with fundamental experiments in
electronics.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 101, or 103, and Physics 11, 12 (or 111).
104. T heoretical P hysics. Mr. Nielson.
Fall semester
Topics in mathematical physics, including vector spaces and matrices, expansions in
orthogonal functions, boundary value problems, Fourier transforms, partial differ
ential equations, and the calculus of variations, all presented with an emphasis on
applications. Accompanied by instruction and practice in the use of a digital com
puter, using examples selected from the seminar according to the interests and pre
vious experience of the student.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 101 or its equivalent, and Physics 11, 12 (or 111).
111. Classical M echanics and W aves. Mr. Elmgren.
Fall semester
This seminar covers substantially the same material as Physics 11, 12. It is offered
for students unable to schedule the course, and who desire further work in physics
as part of an honors program. One full-day laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 12.
112. Radiation and Statistical P hysics. Mr. Elmore
Fall semester
Free and guided electromagnetic waves, with particular emphasis on waves in the
microwave, optical and X-ray regions. The velocity of electromagnetic waves and
the theory of special relativity. Thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. Thermal
radiation, and quantum statistics with applications. Accompanied by a full-day
laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 and Physics 102.
113. Q uantum and N uclear P hysics. Mr. Bilaniuk and Mr. Nielson.
Spring semester
The particle-wave duality in quantum theory. Schroedinger’s equation and its solu
tion. Atomic structure and spectra including X-rays. The band theory of solids.
Nuclear and high-energy physics. The laboratory includes basic experiments in
atomic and nuclear physics.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2, Physics 11, 12 (or 111) and Physics 102, or equivalent
preparation in the Honors Program in Engineering Sciences.
136
Political Science
P ro fesso rs : J. R o la n d P e n n o c k , Chairman
K e n n e t h N . W a ltz
A ssociate P ro fesso rs : C h arles E. G il b e r t *
D avid G. Sm it h !
I n s t r u c t o r s : D o n a ld C. H e l l m a n n
G eorge V o n der M u h l l
L e c t u r e r : F rederick A. H argadon
The aim of the Department of Political Science is to study, both in ideal and in reality,
the place of politics in society and to contribute to an understanding of the purposes,
organization, and operation of political institutions, domestic and international. For the
beginning student, the Department offers an introduction to the nature of politics and to
the problems of various political systems. For those who become majors or for others
who take additional work in political science, courses are provided that will permit giving
special attention to the areas of politisol theory, comparative political systems, and politics
in the United States, and international relations.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R e c o m m en d a tio n s
fo r
M a jo r s
Course 1-2 is prerequisite to all other work in the department. Students who intend
to major in political science should, preferably, take Course 1-2 in the freshman year
and Course 11 in the sophomore year; however, Course 11 may be taken by sophomores
concurrently with Course 2. Students who desire to concentrate on international affairs
without taking the full International Relations Program referred to below may substitute
Comparative Government (Political Science 15) or The Soviet System (Political Science
19) or Government and Politics of East Asia (Political Science 20) for Course 11. Majors
are also advised to take Economics 1-2. Courses in Statistics (Economics 4) and in American
history are recommended. Political Theory, either in seminar or in course (Political
Science 54), is required of all majors; course majors should take Course 60.
P rogram
in
I n t e r n a t io n a l R ela tio n s
Students who plan to enter upon a career in the field of international relations should
include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses in eco
nomics, history and political science and should complete the intermediate course in one
or more modem languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in the
programs of students who do their major work in economics, history, political science,
or a modem language.
Those students who wish to concentrate in international relations may take their Senior
Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this examination should
take eight, nine, or ten half courses from among those listed below, including all of
those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or more in Group III. The
examination is administered by a committee appointed by the chairmen of the Depart
ments of Economics, History, and Political Science, under the Chairmanship of the
Department of Political Science.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1964*65.
1 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1964-65.
137
G roup I
Political Science 12—International Politics
Political Science 13—International Law and Organization
Political Science 57-58—American Foreign Policy
Economics 60—International Economics
G roup II
History
History
History
History
12—The Far East
14—Russia
15—The Expansion of Europe
60—Africa
G roup III
Political
Political
Political
Political
Science
Science
Science
Science
15—Comparative Government
19—The Soviet System
20—Government and Politics of East Asia
55—Modern Political Theory
Students who plan to enter the honors program will find it possible to select a similar
combination of courses and seminars in the field of international relations. In planning
such programs, they should consult with the chairmen of their prospective major departments.
C ourses
1-2. Introduction to P olitical Science . All members of the department. Full course
The foundations of politics—historical, economic, psychological, sociological, and
ideological; nature and development of political institutions. Application of the
foundations as instanced by major types of government, including a more detailed
study of selected aspects of American national government. Political Science 1-2 is
open to all students and is prerequisite to all other courses offered by the department.
Credit is not given for a single semester of this course.
11. Problems in Com m unity G overnment . Mr. Von der Muhll.
Spring semester
The sociological, economic, and legal setting of local government. Politics and
administration at the state and local levels. Federalism, intergovernmental relations,
and the metropolitan area. City planning. The course emphasizes field work and
research in nearby communities.
12. I nternational P olitics. Mr. W altz.
Alternate years, jail semester
Approaches to the theory and practice of international politics such as those devel
oped by liberals, pacifists, behavioralists, and socialists will be examined in some
detail before considering the abiding and changing patterns of relations among states
and the various factors that affect them.
13. I nternational Law
and
O rganization . Mr. Waltz.
Alternate years, spring semester
The development of international law and organization, including a study of the
major problems of international law and world government and of the structure,
accomplishments and limitations of general and regional organizations.
15. Comparative G overnment . Mr. Hargadon or Mr. Smith.
Alternate years, fall semester
A critical study of selected political systems of Western and Eastern Europe. The
major countries studied include France, Germany, Italy, and the states of Central
and Eastern Europe. Major emphasis will be placed on comparative politics and
comparative public policy, as well as the relation of domestic politics to problems
of foreign policy and international cooperation.
Not offered in 1964-65.
138
18. Politics of D eveloping N ations . Mr. Hellmann.
An examination of theories of political modernization and their application to de
veloping societies, particularly those in South and Southeast Asia and Africa. .The
relation between the total social process and the emergence of nationalist movements
will be studied, and the political processes will be functionally analyzed and com
pared in terms of such categories as political culture, ideology, leadership, and social
mobilization.
19. T he Soviet System. Mr. Hargadon.
Spring semester
An analysis of the Soviet political system in relation to its theoretical and historical
bases and its socio-economic setting. Topics included are the role of the Party,
the nature of governmental institutions and mass organizations, economic structure
and policy, selected problems of domestic and foreign policy, and a comparative
examination of other Communist political systems, notably that of China.
20. G overnment and P olitics of East A sia. Mr. Hellmann.
Pall semester
A comparative analysis of the political systems of China, Japan, and Korea in up
heaval. Emphasis is on the various kinds of nationalist movements and their tradi
tional, revolutionary, communist, and liberal-democratic components.
51. P ublic Administration . Mr. Gilbert.
Alternate years, fall semester
An analysis of policy-making and administration in modern governments with illus
trative material drawn chiefly from the national government of the United States
and with particular reference to recent developments. Problems of administrative
organization, conduct of regulatory and managerial activities, financial administra
tion, personnel, public relations, administrative law, politics and administration.
Open to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement.
Not offered in 1964-65.
52. American Constitutional Law. Mr. Von der Muhll.
Pall semester
The role of the Supreme Court in the American political system, viewed both his
torically and through analysis of leading cases. Areas of Constitutional develop
ment emphasized are: the nature and exercise of judicial review; federalism and
the scope of national power, civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen. Sophomores carrying five courses will be
relieved of the term paper requirement.
53. A merican P arty P olitics. Mr. Von der Muhll.
Alternate years, fall semester
An historical and functional analysis of American political parties. The study of
interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior, electoral systems and represen
tation, the legislative process.
Pall semester
The development of thought on the nature of the state and of individual rights
and duties, based largely on readings of the chief political philosophers from Plato
to Rousseau. Topics studied include: Greek and Roman political thought; medieval
universalism and the divine right of kings; the Reformation and the development
of contractual theory; natural law and natural rights.
Open to sophomores planning to take the "Modern and Analytical” version of the
Political Theory honors seminar; otherwise to juniors and seniors only, except by
special arrangement.
54. P olitical T heory : P lato to R ousseau. Mr. Smith.
55. Modern P olitical T heory. Mr. Hargadon.
Spring semester
Political theory from the Enlightenment to the present. Idealism and romantic and
conservative nationalism; anarchism, Marxism, and later socialist doctrines; Utili
tarianism and "revisionist” Liberalism; pragmatic and sociological theories of politics;
conservative critics of democracy and the political theories of authoritarianism and
of fascism. Considerable time will be devoted to the analysis of liberal, democratic,
and totalitarian theories and to influential theories of an ideological quality such as
nationalism, Marxism, and fascism.
139
56. J urisprudence. Mr. Pennock.
Alternate years, spring semester
A study of the sources and nature of law; historical, sociological and philosophic
approaches to legal theory; the nature of the judicial process; key problems of
jurisprudence illustrated by case study in selected areas of American constitutional
law.
Open to sophomores by arrangement with the instructor.
57-58. A merican F oreign P olicy. Mr. W altz.
Alternate years, full course
The problem of defining the objectives of American foreign policy and of selecting
the means for achieving them; past, present and suggested American strategies in
world politics; the influence of internal and external conditions on the making
of foreign policy; the effects of our policies in crucial parts of the world.
Not offered in 1964-65.
59. M arxism . Mr. Smith.
A study of Marxist political theory and philosophy. Primary emphasis is placed on
the works of Marx, Engels, Lenin, and Stalin. In addition, some attention is
devoted to the background of Marxist thought as well as to influential derivatives of
Marxism other than Communism. Selected examples of contemporary Marxist theory
are also considered.
Not offered in 1964-65.
60. Special T opics in P olitical Science . Mr. Von der Muhll.
Spring semester
This course, conducted in seminar fashion, is designed for senior majors. By means
of papers and assigned readings it covers aspects of political science not elsewhere
intensively developed and helps the students to integrate materials studied previously.
H o n o rs W ork
Prerequisite: Political Science 1-2. The following seminars prepare for examination
for a degree with Honors:
101. (a) and (b). P olitical T heory . Mr. Pennock or Mr. Smith.
Each semester
The nature of the state, the bases of political obligation, sovereignty and the
nature of law, liberty, equality, rights, democracy, totalitarianism—all in the light
of the theories set forth by writers on these subjects from Plato to the present. This
seminar is given in two versions, one (101a) beginning with Plato and proceeding
chronologically, and the other (101b, designated "Modern and Analytical” ) starting
with Machiavelli and organized in more topical fashion. It is desirable but not
required for students planning to take 101b to take Political Science 54 during their
sophomore year.
102. P olitics and Legislation . Mr. Gilbert.
Spring semester
The study of political parties, interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior,
electoral systems and representation, the legislative process. Emphasis is on
American politics, with some comparative material; and, ultimately, on politics
from the standpoint of theories of political democracy.
103. P roblems in G overnment and Administration . Mr. Gilbert.
Fall semester
A detailed study of the forms and functions of modem government, particularly
on the administrative side. Problems of administrative organization, policy-making
and responsibility in the light of democratic political purposes and processes and
the legal, sociological, and economic setting. Emphasis is on United States experi
ence, although relevant experience abroad is examined.
104. I nternational P olitics. Mr. Waltz.
Pall semester
An inquiry into the principles and problems of international politics in order to
answer the question: What are the causes of war and the conditions of peace?
140
105. American Foreign P olicy.
Spring semester
A study of key problems faced by the United States in the modern world together
with a detailed, critical investigation of the making and implementing of American
foreign policy. The changing assumptions of our policy and the political, economic,
and social influences upon it will be carefully considered.
106. P ublic Law and J urisprudence. Mr. Pennock.
Spring semester
Sources and nature of law; historical, sociological, philosophic, and realistic
approaches to law; key problems of jurisprudence illustrated by study of the fields
of federalism and civil liberties in American constitutional law.
107. T he Soviet System. Mr. Hargadon.
Spring semester
A study of political, social, and economic institutions in the Soviet Union in relation
to their theoretical and historical background; selected problems of domestiG and
foreign policy; a comparative examination of other Communist political systems,
notably that of China.
108. Comparative G overnment. Mr. Smith.
Fa ” semester
Advanced study of comparative government; governmental structures and political
processes largely as exemplified by selected governments of Western and Eastern
Europe; inquiries into common problems, such as planning, defense, nationalization,
and trans-national political movements.
109. Political D evelopment. Mr. Hellmann.
Full semester
An examination of theories of political modernization and their application to devel
oping societies.
120. T hesis. All members of the department
Approval must be secured early in the student’s junior year.
141
Psychology and Education
P r o fesso r s : H a n s W a l l a c h , Chairman
So l o m o n E. A sch
J o s e p h B. Sh a n e
A ssistan t P rofessors : G erald R. L evin
J o h n A n t h o n y N ev in
D e a n P eabody J
L e c t u r e r : A lice K . B rodhead
V isitin g L e c t u r e r s : J o h n A. C eraso **
J o s e p h J. G r e e n b a u m **
The work of the Department of Psychology deals with the scientific study of human
behavior and experience: the basic processes of perception, learning, thinking and moti
vation, and consideration of their relation to development of the individual personality;
and the social relations of the individual to other persons and to groups. For those stu
dents planning for graduate and professional work in psychology the courses and seminars
of the department are designed to provide a sound basis of understanding of psychological
principles and a grasp of research method. Other students learn the nature of psycho
logical inquiry and the psychological approach to various problems encountered in the
humanities, the social sciences and the life sciences.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
Both semesters of the course Introduction to Psychology are required of all students
who wish to take other courses or seminars in the department. The two semesters of
this course may be taken in either sequence. Credit is given for either semester, and
either semester may be used to fulfill the general curriculum requirement. Majors in
course are required to take at least one course with a laboratory and majors in Honors one
of the seminars in experimental psychology: 101, 102, or 108.
Courses in education—11, 12, 14, 15 and 16 will not be credited toward a major in
psychology. Education alone may not be elected as a major subject, and not more than
two full courses in education will be accepted for credit toward the bachelor’s degree.
Swarthmore students may fulfill the Pennsylvania requirements for the certification of
secondary school teachers by taking:
Psychology 1—Introduction to Psychology.
Education 11—Educational Psychology.
Education 14—Introduction to Teaching.
Education 12—Principles and Methods of Secondary Education.
Education 15—History of Education.
History 4, 5, 6 or 7—The United States (arrangements must be made for special
work in the History of Pennsylvania). Only one term is required.
A minimum of three full courses (or six half-courses) in the subject or field in which
the student expects to teach.
Education 16—Practice Teaching.
t Absent on leave, 1964-63.
•• Fall semester, 1964-65.
142
Swarthmore students may receive credit toward a Pennsylvania elementary school cer
tificate by taking:
Psychology 1—Introduction to Psychology.
Psychology 55—Child Psychology.
Education 11—Educational Psychology.
Education 14—Introduction to Teaching.
History 4, 5, 6 or 7—The United States (with special work in Pennsylvania history)
Only one term is required.
Psychology
1. I ntroduction to Psychology. Staff.
Spring semester
An introduction to the basic processes underlying human and animal behavior:
sensation and perception, learning and thinking, emotion and motivation.
Three lectures plus weekly conference hour to be arranged.
2. I ntroduction to P sychology. Staff.
Fall semester
An introduction to the study of human behavior in its social context. Topics to
be stressed: conflict, personality development and psychopathology; the psychology
of language and of the arts; individual differences and testing; attitudes and social
action.
Three lectures plus weekly conference hour to be arranged.
12. Motivation. Mr. Nevin.
Spring semester
The determination of behavior by maturation, early experience, deprivation, stimu
lation, and reward. The concepts of instinct, homeostasis, drive, reinforcement,
arousal, and incentive are analyzed with reference to data drawn largely from animal
experimentation. Some reference is made to recent findings in the physiology of
drive and reinforcement. Term paper or an original experiment is required.
13. Statistics for P sychologists. Mr. Nevin.
The logic and the application of standard statistical tests in the analysis of data.
Emphasis is placed on the relations between experimental and statistical procedures.
No mathematics required.
50. P erception . Mr. Wallach.
Laboratory section one afternoon per week to be arranged. The major facts and
some problems of visual perception are outlined and used to acquaint the student
with experimental research.
51. Learning and Behavior T heory . Mr. Nevin.
The experimental analysis of the major phenomena of learning and conditioning is
studied mainly at the animal level. Specific empirical and theoretical issues are con
sidered in detail, and the major theories of learning are evaluated. The laboratory
is designed to acquaint students with the major processes considered, and an oppor
tunity for original experimentation is provided.
52. H uman Learning and T hin king .
An examination of the phenomena of association, memory, problem solving, think
ing and language.
55. Child Psychology. Mr. Levin.
Alternate years
Cognitive development, the socialization process, and the influence of child-rearing
practices will be emphasized. Observing of preschool children will be required.
143
56. Social Psychology. Mr. Asch, Mr. Peabody.
Fall semester
A study of some basic processes and products of interaction between persons and
groups and between groups. The following topics are covered: the formation
of the social field of the individual. Perception of persons as psychological entities.
Perception of groups. Formation of the self; social relations of the self. Psycho
logical forces supporting group-belonging. Functional consequences of group mem
bership. The psychological investigation of group processes. Group requirements
and group standards. Formation and change of attitudes.
Alternate years
The concept of psychological measurements are applied to tests of intelligence, per
sonality, interests, and abilities. The course surveys a wide variety of contemporary
tests and studies intensively the characteristics and underlying assumptions of one
representative test of each major type. (Open to sophomores.)
57. Psychological T ests and M easurements .
58. P ersonality . Mr. Levin, Mr. Peabody.
Fall semester
Representative theories, methods, and findings related to such topics as personality
structure, the self, aggression, and the achievement motive will be examined.
59. P sychology of Attitudes. Mr. Peabody.
The course will concentrate on topics designed to supplement Psychology 56, Social
Psychology, with particular attention to social and political attitudes. Topics will
include some aspects of the psychology of language, the concept and measurement of
attitudes and opinions, attitudes and political behavior, the organization of attitudes
and personal ideologies.
63-64. Systematic Seminar . The Staff.
Full course, spring semester
A double credit course requiring half the student’s time for a semester. This seminar
covers the major integrative theories or approaches to psychology, including structur
alism, functionalism, behaviorism, Gestalttheorie, and psychoanalysis. Majors students
who so elect will take Course 63-64 in their senior year. The course is open only to
senior psychology majors except by special arrangement.
65. H istory and Systems of P sychology. Staff.
The course is particularly intended to provide integration of different fields of psy
chology, and to help majors prepare for comprehensives. Historical treatment will
concentrate on the major systematic points of view. Special consideration will be
given to problems overlapping several areas of psychology.
The following course is not to be counted toward a major in psychology and is not
included in the comprehensive examination; it is designed primarily for students whose
major work is in other departments.
Spring semester
42. A pplied Social Psychology.
This course deals with communications within groups, leadership, attitudes and
propaganda, wage payment plans, consumer motivation and behavior, and the
structure of organizations. Attention will be given to the application of concepts
that have been drawn from the laboratory study of motivation, perception, and
learning.
Education
11. Educational Psychology. Mr. Levin.
Alternate years
The application of psychology to education. The psychology of learning and psycho
metrics will be stressed. Projects will be required.
Prerequisite: Course 1.
12. P rinciples and M ethods of Secondary Education . Mr. Shane.
Fall semester, alternate years
A study of the principles of secondary education, with emphasis upon aims and
organization. Visits to nearby schools are made.
144
14. I ntroduction to T eaching. Mrs. Brodhead.
Each semester
Current educational theory and practice. Weekly seminar plus three hours a week
(term minimum of 36 hours) assisting in a classroom in the local schools. This
course meets the requirement for basic reading instruction.
15. History of Education. Mrs. Brodhead.
Each semester
Educational thought in our western culture from the Greeks to the present day.
Weekly seminar.
16. Practice T eaching. Mrs. Brodhead.
Thirty hours of guided observation in the local high school, followed by a six weeks
program (120 hours) of full-time teaching in the summer school. Students should
enroll for this course at the January registration. They must be recommended by the
college department whose subject they plan to teach.
H o n o rs S em in ars
101. Perception. Mr. Wallach.
Reading and discussion combined with independent experimental projects. The
student is expected to know the basic facts about human perceptual mechanisms, par
ticularly visual ones, by the time he has completed this seminar. Specific topics cov
ered are: color vision, grouping and form, depth and distance, size, movement,
influences of learning and needs and attitudes, general theory of perception. When
time permits, some attention is given to parallel problems in other senses.
102. Learning and Behavior T heory. Mr. Nevin. ~
The major phenomena of learning and conditioning—taken largely from the animal
level—are discussed. An attempt is made to systematize the experimental literature
on each topic. The relationship of motivational concepts to learning is discussed and
the major theories of learning and some recent mathematical theories are considered.
The laboratory acquaints students with problems and methods of experimentation
in learning. An opportunity for original research is provided.
104. Individual in Society. Mr. Asch, Mr. Peabody.
The relationship between man and his society, approached from the points of view
of social psychology, sociology, and cultural anthropology; the study of groupstructures and the psychological consequences of group-membership; the critique of
available procedures for scientific treatment of group-behavior and group-influences.
105. P ersonality. Mr. Levin, Mr. Peabody.
A scrutiny of attempts to build an objective basis for "understanding the person
as a whole.” Contrasting theoretical orientations, techniques of observation, and
specific problems will be examined. Theoretical orientations: psychoanalysis, factor
analysis, learning theory, phenomenology. Observation techniques: interviews,
questionnaires, fantasy material. Problems: aggression, need achievement, predic
tion, psychotherapy, and psychological maturity.
106. D evelopment. Mr. Levin.
The development of complex psychological processes in the individual will be studied.
Problems of intellectual, linguistic, and social development will be stressed. While
the focus will be on the child, relevant studies of other species will also be examined.
Observing of preschool children will be required.
108. Mbmory, T hinking , Language. Mr. Asch.
An inquiry into human cognitive processes, including human learning, memory func
tions, thinking, and language phenomena. Topics to be considered will be: principles
of association; association and perceptual organization; recognition and recall; inter
ference phenomena; trace theory; attention and mental set; concept formation; problem
solving and insight; symbolic operations; sematic and syntatic processes.
145
120. T hesis. All members of the department.
May be presented as a substitute for one seminar, provided the student is doing major
work in psychology with four seminars, and provided some member of the department
is available to undertake the direction of the thesis.
M aster ’s D egree
A limited number of students may be accepted for graduate study toward the Master’s
degree in psychology. Students receiving the Bachelor’s degree from Swarthmore are not
normally eligible for this work.
The program of work for the Master’s degree requires the completion of four seminars,
or their equivalent. One of the seminars must be a research seminar leading to a Thesis. The
work of the seminars is judged by external examiners. The requirements for the Master’s
degree can normally be completed in one year.
146
Russian Studies
A grant from the Carnegie Corporation made possible the inauguration of a Russian
Studies program, in the fall of 1949, at Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and Swarthmore Colleges.
While the grant has now expired, Swarthmore College continues to offer courses in Russian
language and literature, history, and political and economic institutions.
Courses and seminars in Russian language and literature comprise a major subject. Courses
and seminars in Russian history and Russian political and economic institutions may not
in themselves comprise a major subject, but may be counted toward a major or minor in
the departments offering them. These courses and seminars are listed below and described
more fully under their appropriate departments.
R ussian L a n g u a g e
and
L iter a tu re
1-2. E lementary Russian .
3, 4. I ntermediate Russian.
5,6. Advanced Russian.
11,12. I ntroduction to Literature .
13. Russian N ovel.
101. T olstoy.
102. Chekhov and G orky.
103. P ushkin and Lermontov.
104. D ostoevsky.
H istory
14. Russia.
117. Eastern E urope .
P olitical
and
E c o n o m ic I n st it u t io n s
Econ. 61 and 106. Comparative Economic Systems.
Pol. Sci. 19 and 107. T he Soviet System .
147
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
Swarthmore, Pennsylvania
Visiting Examiners—1964
ASTRONOM Y: Professor Leendert Binnendijk , University of Pennsylvania; Pro
fessor Ernest C. Ray, Cornell University.
BIOLOGY: Professor W alter D. Bonner , J r., University of Pennsylvania; Professor
V incent G. D ethier, University of Pennsylvania; P rofessor T imothy H. Gold
smith, Yale University; Professor Robert E. O gren, Wilkes College, D r . J ack
Schultz, Institute for Cancer Research, Professor H ewson Swift , University of
Chicago.
CHEMISTRY: Professor D avid N. H ume, Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
Professor Robert I. W alter, Haverford College; Professor G eorge Zimmerman,
Bryn Mawr College.
CLASSICS: Professor G eorge E. D uckworth, Princeton University; T he Rev.
H erbert M usurillo, S.J., Pordham University.
ECONOMICS: P rofessor I rma Adelman, The Johns Hopkins University: W illiam
M. Capron, Council of Economic Advisers, Washington, D. C.; Professor J ohn
C. H. Fei, Yale University; Professor I rving B. Kravis, University of Pennsylvania.
ENGINEERING: Professor Robert J. Brungraber, Princeton University; Professor
M unir R. El-Saden, North Carolina State College; Professor J ames K. Roberge,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Professor Stephen S. W olff , The Johns
Hopkins University.
ENGLISH LITERATURE: Professor G eorge S. Fraser, University of Rochester and
University of Leicester; P rofessor G eorge G ibian, Cornell University; Professor
T homas Greene, Yale University; Professor S. Fred J ohnson, Columbia Uni
versity; Professor W illiam N elson, Columbia University; Professor W illard
T horp, Princeton University.
FINE ARTS: Professor G erald Ackerman, Bryn Mawr College; Professor Robert
A. K och, Princeton University; Professor M arianne Martin , Douglass College;
Professor Kyle M. P hillips, J r ., Bryn Mawr College; Professor J ames E. Snyder,
University of Michigan.
HISTORY: Professor G eorge T. Beech, Western Michigan University; Professor
D avid D onald, The Johns Hopkins University; Professor Graham W. Irwin,
Columbia University; P rofessor J ohn A. Lukács, Chestnut H ill College and La Salle
College; Professor W allace T. M acCaffrey, Haverford College; Professor
A lan B. Spitzer, State University of Iowa.
MATHEMATICS: Professor D avid G ale, Brown University; Professor Emil Grosswald, University of Pennsylvania; Professor Robert McN aughton, University
of P ennsylvania; Professor J ohn Oxtoby, Bryn Mawr College.
MODERN LANGUAGES-—FRENCH: Professor Rene Girard, The Johns Hopkins
University; Professor Armand H oog, Princeton University. LINGUISTICS—
Professor G eorge Cardona, University of Pennsylvania. RUSSIAN—Professor
Robert L. Belknap, Columbia University. SPANISH—P rofessor J oaquin Casalduero, Hunter Collge.
MUSIC: Professor A. T illman M erritt, Harvard University.
150
PHILOSOPHY: Professor W. P. A lston, University of Michigan| Professor N uel
D Belnap , J r ., University of Pittsburgh; P rofessor J ean A. P otter, Bryn Maun
College; Professor J ohn Rawls, Harvard University; Professor F. N. Sibley,
Cornell University.
PHYSICS—P rofessor Fay Ajzenberg-Selove, Haverford College;
liam C. D avidon, Haverford College; Professor Edward D. Lambe, State Uni
versity of New York at Stony Brook.
pnrrrirA T SCIENCE• Professor T homas A. F linn , Oberlin College; Professor
S on G ordeS
f Z e t o n University; Professor J ohn D. Lewis, Oberlin
College; Professor H erbert Packer, Stanford University.
PSYCHOLOGY: Professor J oseph J. Greenbaum , New School for Social
Professor J acob N achmias, University of Pennsylvania; P rofessor I rvin Rock,
Yeshiva University; D r . W alter C. Stanley, National Institute of Mental Health,
Professor D avid R. W illiams, University of Pennsylvania; Professor J ulius
W ishner, University of Pennsylvania.
151
Degrees Conferred
June 8,1964
B a c h elo r
of
A rts
in the Division of the Humanities
Emily K lein Abel (History)
Edward H enry A llen, II
(English Literature)*"
Eleanor Atwood Arnason (Fine Arts)
D iana W hitley Bailey
(English Literature )*"
J oan K endall Bradbury (Psychology)
J oann Myrtle Broadbooks (History)
Constance W arren Brown
(English Literature)
C. O liver Burt, III (History)
W illiam Frederick Bynum
(English Literature)
Frances Cady (Greek)
A nne Elizabeth Cochran (History)
J oyce McAvoy Colket (Fine Arts)
W allace An n Cruciger (Fine Arts)
D iana Irene D avids (History)
Richard D aniel D eP uma (Fine Arts)
Cheryl Beth D iamond* (Fine Arts)
Elizabeth Archer D odson (Fine Arts)
Evanthia A nthoula D oxiadis
(Fine Arts)
M artha Lelivelt Stocking Euwema
(History)
M arion Colby Foster
(English Literature)
Peter L. Freedman (Philosophy)
N ancy A nn G ardner
(English Literature)
Richard Revington Gist, J r .
(English Literature)
Philip T odd Grier (Philosophy)
Sharon J ane H aas (English Literature)
Kate Lindley H earne (Fine Arts)
Margaret H odgkin (English Literature)
Alison H olt (Fine Arts)
A nn Elizabeth H oover
(English Literature)
Susan Amy Schmitter J ack
(Psychology)
Louise J ung (Psychology)
Robert A lexander Kapp (History)
J ulie An n K eller (Fine Arts)
G erilyn Miller K elly
(English Literature)
J anet A nne Kelly (English Literature)
Rita K oplowitz (History)
T erese Loeb Kreuzer (Fine Arts)
D aniel H enry Lederer
(English Literature)
Richard J ared Lubarsky
(English Literature)
Abigail K athi Malmgreen (Greek)
N ancy Creighton McAvoy (Fine Arts)
Margaret Eileen M cGinley
(English Literature)
Sharon Irene M cGrayne (Fine Arts)
Philip D avid Morehead (French)
Elizabeth Ann Morrow
(English Literature)
Anna Peirce N eisser (Psychology)
N ancy L. N ickerson (Fine Arts)
J ean Carol Oakley (Greek)
Rebecca Rowe Parfitt (Fine Arts)
H elene M arie Peet (English Literature)
Christine K atherine P elzer (French)
Anne P erry (Fine Arts)
J ed Saul Rakoff (English Literature)
Mary Garnett Raney (History)
Toivo U lo Raun (History)
Lydia Razran (Psychology)
H elen Rhodes (French)
D avid Michael Rice (Philosophy)
T imothy Allan Riggs (Fine Arts)
Roslyn Rivkin (English Literature)
Elizabeth Edna Sams (Fine Arts)
Michael Abraham Sand
(English Literature)
Ronald Griffen Schaefer (Philosophy)
P hilip J osef Silverman (History)
J ohn O liver Simon (English Literature)
Susan Gifford Slade (Russian)
Caroline W are Sly (Music)
J. H arvey Smith (History)
Linda Shelley Smith
(English Literature)
Mary H oward Smith (Philosophy)
Amy F. J. Stone (History)
Bart Francis T eush (English Literature)
J ames T horpe, III (English Literature)
Rebecca Cottrell T odd
(English Literature)
Penelope An n T ownsend (History)
Katrina N ourse van Benschoten
(English Literature)
Catha M. W in n (History)
D avid McKendree W in n
(English Literature)
Rosamund Stone W orth
(English Literature)
As of the Class of 1963.
152
in the Division of the Social Sciences
Julie Frances Adams (History)
Victor O lufemi Adefela
(Political Science-International Relations)
Mason K endrich Ashby (Economics)
William Smallwood Ayres (History)
Marc G. Baladi (Political Science)
Bernard A llen Banet (Psychology)
Katherine A. Barrett
(Political Science-International Relations)
Richard N ewell Barrett (Economics)
Carol An n Beattie (Psychology)
Barbara Elizabeth Berger (History)
Paul Robert Booth (Political Science)
Jonathan D. Casper (Political Science)
Sibella M. Clark (History)
Ma r g a r e t An n Colvin (Political Science)
Nina W ilson Cornell (Economics)
Joanna D u Barry (Psychology)
Barbara W endy Edwards (Psychology)
Duncan K arl Foley (Mathematics)
Susan W. Foster (Economics)
Joel D avid G elber (History)
James W illiam G ezork (Economics)
Michael A lan Gross (Philosophy)
Benjamin H arrison (History)
David Arthur H eider (History)
Jeffrey W illiam H eynen (History)
Edward H earne H itchcock
(Political Science)
Andrea W utke H off (History)
Robert deGreeff J acobi (Economics)
Barbara Lee K line (Economics)
Arthur T erry Laver (History)
Michael W oodruff Lillie
(Political Science-International Relations)
Valerie W. Lowe (Economics)
John Leslie Ludlam (Political Science)
Richard W allace Mansbach
(Political Science)
Mary Martha McCaslin (Psychology)
Stephen K. McN ees (Economics)
Eugene Robinson McN inch , J r .
(Economics)
Michael M eeropol (Economics)
Bruce Campbell M eyers (Economics)
Rebecca Adams Mills** (History)
Michael L. Montgomery
(Political Science-International Relations)
J ohn Crothers P ollock
(Political Science)
Rebecca P rentice (Psychology)
H oward N eil Rabinowitz (History)
J ohn A lan Riggs (History)
J ames P. Robinson (Psychology)
An n Rubio (History)
Esme Rosita Sarnoff (History)
T homas C. Saylor* (History)
Carol O. Seabrook (History)
Susan Stevens Smart (Psychology)
Mary Fredricka Snyder (Psychology)
A lan Leon Spielman (Political Science)
J ane H elen Stallmann
(Political Science)
M ichael H enry Stein
(Political Science)
N adine H ope T aub (Economics)
Lila Kathryn T owle (Psychology)
Conrad J ohn W eiler, J r . (History)
Eliot Roy W eintraub (Mathematics)
J ames M. W eiss (Political Science)
P hilip W ellons (Political Science)
Anne T omlinson W elsh* (Economics)
Carl P eter W ittman (History)
Friedner D iamond W ittman
(Philosophy)
G eorge T rexler W olf
(Political Science)
Susan Beryl Z in n (Psychology)
in the Division of the Natural Sciences
Samuel Bertram A llison (Zoology)
Barbara Ann Bannister (Botany)
Bernard D avid Beitman (Chemistry)
Allan Berlind (Zoology)
Joseph W. Bernheim (Psychology)
Gerald D. Blum (Physics)
Douglas Lindsay Brand (Psychology)
Susan Elizabeth D ay (Mathematics)
Barbara H art D iebold (Zoology)
Alan O. Feingold (Zoology)
Michael Ira Friedman (Philosophy)
Lucy Fuchsman (Zoology)
Robert L. G entile (Psychology)
J oan Marie G lenn (Chemistry)
Robert Gold (Mathematics)
J onathan G lenn G oldstine
(Mathematics)
Robert P eter G ordon (Zoology)
Ellen Carol G ower (Psychology)
Richard Lee G reen (Zoology)
Arnold K oons G riffith (Mathematics)
Elizabeth Gronkiewicz (Psychology)
Robert Lindsay H all (Chemistry)
T homas Matthew H ammond
(Chemistry)
Robert Sutton H arrington (Physics)
P eter H aldan H artline (Physics)
Arthur D aniel H lavaty (Philosophy)
Elizabeth M urray H odgson (Botany)
W illiam H ines H ooke (Physics)
As of the Class of 1963.
* As of the Class of 1962.
153
T ed V elo J oseph H oule (Zoology)
J onathan Kaplan (Psychology)
J ohn W inspeare Kast (Physics)
Frederick Saul K eller (Zoology)
Charles W ilson Lamb (Mathematics)
Scott K enneth Lehmann (Mathematics)
D avid N orman Levin (Physics)
Marvin J ay Lipschutz (Zoology)
Bennett Lorber (Zoology)
J oyce T hompson Mabry (Psychology)
Martha Kate M cCrumm (Zoology)
An n Preston McN eal (Mathematics)
P eter Sterling M iller (Physics)
Emmette Ohmer Milton , III
(Mathematics)
Elizabeth An n N orthrop
(Mathematics)
Robert O lshansky (Physics)
J oseph Richard P eterson (Chemistry)
Russell A. Roy (Physics)
Richard Chih -Ping Sah (Physics)
J ames Baldwin Salisbury (Physics)
Stephen V ictor Savran (Chemistry)
J ohn Soame Schuster (Chemistry)
P eter Setlow (Chemistry)
Luba Sharp (Psychology)
Steven H arold Shmurak (Mathematics)
Elisabeth An n Smith (Biology)
Robert A llen Smith , J r . (Physics)
Robin Elizabeth Smith (Psychology)
J ames W oodrow Stevens (Mathematics)
Edith Balch T wombly (Biology)
I srael Lloyd T yler (Physics)
Stephen B. V an Camerik (Chemistry)
P eter J ay W einberger (Mathematics)
T imothy Cheney W illiams (Biology)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
in the Division of Engineering
W illiam T iffany Carpenter
(Electrical Engineering)
Raymond H enry Ellis
(Civil Engineering)
T homas A. G oodwin
(Electrical Engineering)
D avid L. J aquette (Engineering Sciences)
W illiam Swan J ewett
(Mechanical Engineering)
W illiam Stanford J ohnson
(Electrical Engineering)
Sterling B. J ohnston
(Civil Engineering)
P eter P ei Y uan Lee
(Electrical Engineering)
P aul Collins Ramer
(Mechanical Engineering)
G ill Groves Richards
(Electrical Engineering)
Eric Ralph Ries (Civil Engineering)
Richard W illiam W eeks, II
(Mechanical Engineering)
Samuel Madison W orthington, III
(Electrical Engineering)
CIVIL ENGINEER
Raymond Crary I ngersoll
MASTER OF ARTS
Lynne D avis M ifflin
DOCTOR OF LAWS
Lyndon Baines J ohnson
J ohn J. M cCloy
G unnar Myrdal
A lexander C. P urdy
U T hant
DOCTOR OF LETTERS
W ystan H ugh A uden
DOCTOR OF LAWS
H ermann J. Muller
154
Awards and Distinctions
June 8, 1964
H o n o r s A warded
by t h e
V isitin g E xa m in ers
HONORS:
Eleanor Atwood Arnason, William Smallwood Ayres, Carol Ann Beattie, Barbara
Elizabeth Berger, Allan Berlind, Joan Kendall Bradbury, Douglas Lindsay Brand,
Constance Warren Brown, Frances Cady, William Tiffany Carpenter, Robert L. Gentile,
Thomas A. Goodwin, Michael Alan Gross, Thomas Matthew Hammond, Robert
Sutton Harrington, Peter Haldan Hartline, William Hines Hooke, Ann Elizabeth
Hoover, Jonathan Kaplan, John Winspeare Kast, Terese Loeb Kreuzer, Charles Wilson
Lamb, Sharon Irene McGrayne, Michael Meeropol, Elizabeth Ann Morrow, Elizabeth
Ann Northrop, Helene Marie Peet, Lydia Razran, Timothy Allan Riggs, James P.
Robinson, Richard Chih-Ping Sah, Carol O. Seabrook, Philip Josef Silverman, Robert
Allen Emith, Jr., Jane Helen Stallmann, Michael Henry Stein, Amy F. J. Stone,
Conrad John Weiler, Jr., James M. Weiss, Timothy Cheney Williams, Friedner
Diamond Wittman.
HIGH HONORS:
Bernard Allen Banet, Joseph W. Bernheim, Gerald D. Blum, Jonathan D. Casper,
Margaret Ann Colvin, Diana Irene Davids, Barbara Hart Diebold, Duncan Karl Foley,
Lucy Fuchsman, Robert Gold, Philip Todd Grier, Arnold Koons Griffith, William
Stanford Johnson, Robert Alexander Kapp, David Norman Levin, Abigail Kathi
Malmgreen, Richard Wallace Mansbach, Stephen K. McNees, Peter Sterling Miller,
Jean Carol Oakley, Howard Neil Rabinowitz, Roslyn Rivkin, Michael Abraham Sand,
Ronald Griffen Schaefer, Caroline Ware Sly, Robin Elizabeth Smith, Alan Leon Spielman, James Thorpe, III, Peter Jay Weinberger.
HIGHEST HONORS:
Jonathan Glenn Goldstine, John Oliver Simon.
D is t in c t io n
in
C ourse A w arded
by
F acu lty
Joanna DuBarry, Raymond Henry Ellis, Louise Jung, Daniel Henry Lederer, Ann
Preston McNeal, Susan Gifford Slade, Nadine Hope Taub, Richard William Weeks,
II.
E le c t io n s t o H o n o ra ry Societies
PHI BETA KAPPA:
Bernard Allen Banet, Joseph W. Bernheim, Gerald D. Blum, Joan Kendall Brad
bury, Jonathan D. Casper, Margaret Ann Colvin, Diana Irene Davids, Barbara Hart
Diebold, Joanna DuBarry, Duncan Karl Foley, Lucy Fuchsman, Robert Gold, Jonathan
Glenn Goldstine, Arnold Koons Griffith, Louise Jung, John Winspeare Kast, Charles
Wilson Lamb, David Norman Levin, Abigail Kathi Malmgreen, Richard Wallace
Mansbach, Stephen K. McNees, Peter Sterling Miller, Jean Carol Oakley, Lydia
Razran, Roslyn Rivkin, Michael Abraham Sand, John Oliver Simon, Robin Elizabeth
Smith, James Thorpe, III, Peter Jay Weinberger, Timothy Cheney Williams.
SIGMA XI:
Barbara Ann Bannister, Allan Berlind, Gerald D. Blum, Lucy Fuchsman, Robert Gold,
Jonathan Glenn Goldstine, Arnold Koons Griffith, Thomas Matthew Hammond,
Robert Sutton Harrington, Peter Haldan Hartline, William Hines Hooke, William
Stanford Johnson, John Winspeare Kast, Charles Wilson Lamb, Scott Kenneth Leh
mann, David Norman Levin, Peter Sterling Miller, Elizabeth Ann Northrop, Joseph
Richard Peterson, Richard Chih-Ping Sah, Peter Setlow, Robert Allen Smith, Jr.,
Richard William Weeks, II, Peter Jay Weinberger, Timothy Cheney Williams.
SIGMA TAU:
William Tiffany Carpenter, Raymond Henry Ellis, Thomas A. Goodwin, William
Stanford Johnson, Gill Groves Richards, Richard William Weeks, II.
155
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE FELLOWSHIP AWARDS
The
The
The
The
The
Hannah A. Leedom Fellowship to Elizabeth G ronkiewicz.
Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to P hilip T odd Grier.
John Lockwood Memorial Fellowship to Margaret H odgkin.
Lucretia Mott Fellowship to Susan G ifford Slade.
Martha E. Tyson Fellowship to W allace-An n Cruciger.
Specia l A w ards *
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
Ivy Award to P hilip T odd Grier.
Oak Leaf Award to Robin E. Smith .
McCabe Engineering Award to Richard W. W eeks, II.
John W . Nason Award to G ilmore and Mary Stott.
Katherine B. Sicard Prize to Ruth C. Bernard.
William Plummer Potter Public Speaking Fund Awards:
The Potter Poetry Reading Contest: first prize, P eter Lin Ebaugh; second prize,
Catha W in n ; third prize, D avid Swenson .
The Potter One-Act Play Contest: prizes awarded to Paul Chalmers, J ohn O.
Simon , Richard G ist, and D aniel Lederer.
John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes: for an original poem, J ames T ate; for a verse
translation, Robert W illiams.
Lois Morrell Poetry Awards: first prize, J ohn O. Simon , second prize, Eleanor
Arnason.
Brand Blanshard Prize to Ronald G. Schaefer.
Phi Beta Kappa Prize to Mark Frankena.
Scott Award to T homas Riddell.
Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship to Gavin W right.
* A description of each of these awards can be found in another section of the catalogue.
156
Enrollment of Students by Classes—1963-64
Senior ............................... ___
Juniors ............................. ___
Sophomores ....................
Freshmen ......................... ___
Men
122
117
151
156
Women
92
112
115
123
Total
214
229
265
279
Special Students.............. ........
Graduate Students.......... ___
546
1
0
442
4
1
988
5
1
T o ta ls.................. ........
547
447
994
Geographical Distribution—1963-64
2
New Y o rk ........................................... 210 Nebraska .............................................
2
Pennsylvania....................................... 164 Oregon ...............................................
New Je rse y .........................................
83 Arkansas .............................................
Massachusetts .....................................
74 Idaho ...................................................
Maryland ...........................................
44 Oklahoma ...........................................
1
V irginia...............................................
35 South C arolina...................................
1
California ...........................................
32 South Dakota .....................................
Illinois ...............................................
31 Canal Z o n e .......... ..............................
1
Ohio ...................................................
31 Puerto R ic o .........................................
Connecticut........ . . . . ........................
27
Total United S ta te s.......... 959
District of Columbia...........................
23
Delaware.............................................
19
3
Florida ...............................................
18 Canada ...............................................
France .................................................
3
Michigan.............................................
47
3
North Carolina .................................
15 I ta ly .....................................................
Tennessee ...........................................
12 Dahom ey.............................................
Indiana ...............................................
9 E ngland............ 1................................
Rhode Island .....................................
9 Germany .............................................
2
T exas...................................................
9 India ...................................................
2
Wisconsin ...........................................
9 Mexico ...............................................
Missouri ...................................... ... .
8 Nigeria ...............................................
Colorado ....................
7 Poland ..................................................
2
New Ham pshire.................................
7 Switzerland .........................................
Kentucky.............................................
6 B. W. 1.................................................
1
Georgia ...............................................
5 Greece .................................................
Maine .................................................
5 Japan .................................................
Minnesota ...........................................
5 Morocco .............................................
New Mexico .....................................
5 N o rw a y ...............................................
Vermont .............................................
5 P e r u .....................................................
1
Hawaii ...............................................
1
4 Republic S.A fric a ...............................
1
West V irginia.....................................
4 Tanganyika ........................................
Alabama ..................................
3 T u rkey .................................................
1
Iowa ...................................................
3 Venezuela ...........................................
1
Kansas .................................................
3
Total from abroad ............
35
Washington...........................
3
Arizona ........................
2
Louisiana.............................................
2 Grand Total ....................................... 994
157
Index
Absence from classes and Collection, 64
Absence from Examinations, 65
Academic Requirements, Committee on, 21,
65
Addams, Jane, Peace Collection (See
Swarthmore College Peace Collection)
Administrative Officers, 22-24
Admissions Procedure, 28-30
Application Dates, 29
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Tests, 29-30
School Subjects Recommended, 29
Advanced Degrees, 66-67
Advanced Placement, 30
Advanced Standing, 30-31
Advisers, 49-59
Alumnae Scholarship, 35
Alumni Association, Officers of, 11
Alumni Council, 11
Alumni Office, 24, 49
Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Founda
tion, 45
Arts Center, 45
Arts and Crafts, 52
Astronomical Observatories, 42, 72
Astronomy, Courses in, 72-73
Athletic Fields, see Map, 162
Atkinson (Barclay G.) Scholarship, 40
Atkinson (Rebecca M.) Scholarship, 40
Attendance at Classes and Collection, 64
Automobiles, Regulations concerning, 50
Awards and Prizes, 68-69, 155-156
Aydelotte (Frank and Marie) Scholarship,
36
Bachelor of Arts Degree, 66
Bachelor of Science Degree, 66
Bartol Research Foundation, 42
Benjamin West House, 45, 164
Benjamin West Lecture, 45
Biddle Memorial Library, 42
Biology, Courses in, 74-79
Blanshard (Brand) Prize, 68
Board of Managers, Committees of, 9, 10
Board of Managers, Members of, 8, 9
Bok (Curtis) Scholarship, 36
Botany, Courses in, 75-76
Bower (Edward S.) Memorial Scholarship,
38
Buffington (Edna Pownall) Scholarship, 37
Buildings, see Map, 162-163
Bunting (Ella Frances) Extemporaneous
Speaking Contests, 69
Calendar, College, 5-6
Chemistry, Courses in, 80-83
Chi Omega Scholarship, 40
Churches, 48
Class of 1913 Scholarship Fund, 40
Class of 1914 Scholarship Fund, 40
Class of 1915 Scholarship Fund, 40
Class of 1916 Loan Fund, 41
Class of 1917 Scholarship Fund, 40
Class of 1920 Loan Fund, 41
Class of 1936 Loan Fund, 41
Classics, Courses in, 84-86
Cole (Sarah Antrim) Scholarship, 39
Collection Attendance, Regulation concern
ing, 48-64
College Entrance Examinations, 29-30
College Jobs, 41
Committees of the Board of Managers, 9,
10
Committees of the Faculty, 21
Comprehensive Examinations, 57, 58
Cooper (Sarah Kaighn) Scholarship, 35
Cooper (William J.) Foundation, 43-44
Cooperation with Neighboring Institutions,
26
Corporation, Officers of, 8
Course Advisers, 49, 57
Courses of I nstruction, 71-147
Astronomy, 72-73
Biology, 74-79
Chemistry, 80-83
Classics, 84-86
Economics, 87-89
Engineering, 90-100
Civil, 94-95
Electrical, 96-98
Mechanical, 99-100
English Literature, 101-104
Fine Arts, 105-107
History, 108-111
International Relations, 112, 137
Mathematics, 113-115
Modern Languages, 116-122
Music, 123-125
Philosophy and Religion, 126-130
Physical Education for Men, 131
Physical Education for Women, 132,
133
Physics, 134-136
Political Science, 137-141
Psychology and Education, 142-146
Russian Studies, 147
Cutting (Bronson M.) Collection, 45
Index
Degrees, 66-67
Advanced Engineering
Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Science
Master of Arts
Master of Science
Degrees Conferred, 152-154
Delta Gamma Scholarship, 40
Dining Rooms, 47
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for Reaching the College, 30
Distinction in course, 59
Divisions and Departments, 20
D’Olier (Francis W .) Scholarship, 37
Dormitories, 47
Dorsey (William) Scholarship, 40
Dramatics, 52
duPont (Pierre S.) Science Building, 42
Economics, Courses in, 87-89
Education, Courses in, 142, 144
Ellsler (George) Scholarship, 40
Emeritus Professors, 13
Engineering, Courses in, 90-100
Engineering, Degrees in, 56, 66-67, 90
English Literature, Courses in, 101-104
Entrance Requirements, 28-30
Examination Regulations, 65
Examinations, College Board, 29-30
Exclusion from College, 66
Expenses, 32
Extra or Fewer Courses, 65
Extra-Curricular Activities, 52
Faculty Members of, 13-19
Faculty Regulations, 50, 64-66
Fees (Tuition, Residence, etc.), 32, 67
Fellowships, 69-70
Ferguson (Donald Renwick), Scholarship,
35
Financial Aid, 33
Fine Arts, Courses in, 105-107
Foreign Language Requirements, 57-58
Foreign Students, 157
Foreign Study, 62-64
Fraternities, 52
French, Courses in, 116-118
Friends Historical Library, 23, 43
Friends Meeeting, 48
General Motors Scholarship, 38
Geographical Distribution of Students, 157
German Language and Literature, Courses
in, 119-120
Gillingham (Joseph E.) Fund, 40
Grades, 64
Graduate Study, 66-67
Graduation, Requirements for, 66
Greek Language and Literature, Courses in,
84, 86
Guttman (Stella and Charles) Scholarship,
37
Hayes (John Russell), Poetry Prizes, 69
Health, Care of Student, 48
Hillborn (Rachel W .) Scholarship, 39
History, Courses in, 108-111
Honors, Reading for, 59-61
Examiners, 150-151
Housing, 47
Infirmaries, 48
Insurance, 47
Insurance, Accident and Sickness, 33, 49
International Relations, Courses in, 112, 137
Interview, 30
Ivins (Aaron B.) Scholarship, 34
Ivy Award, 68, 156
Johnson (George K. and Sallie K.) Fund,
36
Johnson (Howard Cooper) Scholarship, 34
Kappa Alpha Theta Scholarship Fund, 36
Kappa Kappa Gamma Scholarship, 40
Kovalenko (Jessie Stevenson) Scholarship,
36
Lafore Scholarship, 39
Lang (Ida and Daniel) Scholarship, 37
Latin Language and Literature, Courses in,
85-86
Lawrence (E. Hibberd) Scholarship, 38
Leedom (Hannah A.) Fellowship, 70
Leedom (Thomas L.) Scholarship, 40
Libraries, 23, 42-43
Biddle Memorial, 42
College, 42
Friends Historical, 43
Lilly (Scott B.) Scholarship, 34
Lindback (Christian and Mary F.) Scholar
ship, 35
Linguistics, 116
Lippincott (Joshua) Fellowship, 70
Lippincott (Sarah E.) Scholarship, 40
Loans to Students, 41
Lockwood (John) Memorial Fellowship, 70
Longstreth (Mary T.) Scholarship, 36
Lucretia Mott Fellowship, 70
Managers, Board of, 8, 9
Map of College Grounds, 162-163
Index
Marshall (Clara B.) Scholarship, 36
Martin Biological Laboratory, 42
Mathematics, Courses in, 113-115
McCabe Engineering Award, 68, 156
McCabe (Thomas B.) Scholarship, 34
Meeting House, 48, 162
Men’s Student Government, 51
Mertz (Peter) Scholarship, 35
Midwest Scholarships, 38
Miller (James E.) Scholarship, 40
Miller (John A.) Loan Fund, 41
Moon (Owen) Fund for Public Speaking,
69
Morrell (Lois) Poetry Award, 69
Mott (Lucretia) Fellowship, 70
Music, Courses in, 123-125
Nason (John W .) Award, 68, 156
Newton (A. Edward) Library Prize, 68
Oak Leaf Award, 68, 156
Observatories, Astronomical, 42, 72
Open Scholarships for Men, 33
Open Scholarships for Women, 35
Paiste (Harriet) Fund, 36
Parry (May E.) Memorial Award, 69
Pearson (Paul M.) Loan Fund, 41
Peaslee (Amos) Scholarships, 63
Perkins (T. H. Dudley) Memorial Scholar
ship, 34
Phi Beta Kappa Fellowship, 70
Phi Beta Kappa Prize, 68
Philosophy, Courses in, 126-130
Physical Education for Men, 131
Physical Education for Women, 132-133
Physical Education Requirements, 66, 131133
Physics, Courses in, 134-136
Pittenger (Cornelia Chapman) Scholarship,
39
Plan of College Grounds, 162-163
Political Science, Courses in, 137-141
Pool (Anthony Beekman) Scholarship, 35
Potter Collection of Recorded Literature, 45
Potter (Wm. Plumer) Public Speaking
Fund, 69, 156
Pre-Medical Program, 61
Preston (Mary Coates) Scholarship, 36
Prizes, 68-69, 155-156
Program of Study, 56-61
For Freshmen and Sophomores, 57-58
For Juniors and Seniors, 58-61
Honors Work, 59-61
Pre-Medical Program, 61
Psychology, Courses in, 142-146
Public Speaking Prizes, 69, 156
RCA Scholarship, 38
Reeves (Mark E.) Scholarship, 40
Religion, Courses in, 128-130
Religious Life, 47
Requirements for Admission, 28-30
Requirements for Graduation, 66
Residence, Regulations concerning, 47
Riley (Adele Mills) Scholarship, 38
Robinson (Louis N .) Scholarship, 38
Russian Studies, Courses in, 121, 147
Scherman (Katharine) Scholarship, 37
Scholarships, List of, 33-40
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 29-30
Scott (Arthur Hoyt) Horticulture Founda
tion, 45
Scott Award, 37, 156
Serrill (William G. and Mary N .) Schol
arship, 35
Sharpies (Philip T.) Scholarship, 34
Shoemaker (Annie) Scholarship, 35
Sicard (Katherine B.) Prize, 69
Sigma Xi Fellowship, 70
Social Committee, 51
Solomon (Frank) Scholarship, 41
Spanish, Courses in, 121-122
Spock (Betty Dougherty) Memorial Fund,
45
Sproul (Mary) Scholarship, 41
Sproul Observatory, 42, 72
Squier (Helen) Scholarship, 41
States, Summary of Students by, 157
Strozier (Francis Holmes) Memorial Fund,
41
Student Aid, 33-41 Student Activities Bulletin, 53
Student Council, 51
Student Employment, 41
Study Abroad, 62-64
Sullivan (Joseph T.) Scholarship, 41
Sullivan (Marshall P.) Scholarship, 38
Summer School Work, 65
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 23,
43
Swarthmore College Student Loan Fund, 41
Tarble (Newton E.) Award, 34
Taylor (Jonathan K.) Scholarship, 39
Index
Thorne (Phebe Anna) Fund, 39
Transfer, Application for, 31
Troy (Audrey Friedman) Scholarship, 38
Tuition and Other Fees, 32
Tyson (Martha E.) Fellowship, 70
Underhill (Daniel) Scholarship, 39
Vocational Advising, 49
West, Benjamin, Lecture, 45
Westbury Quarterly Meeting Scholarship,
39
Wharton (Deborah F.) Scholarship, 41
White Open Scholarships for Women, 35
Willets (Samuel) Fund, 40
William J. Cooper Foundation, 43-44
Williams (Ellis D .) Fund, 41
Williamson (I. V.) Scholarships, 40
Wilson (Edward Clarkson) Scholarship,
39, 40
Women’s Student Government Association,
51
Wood (Mary) Fund, 36
Woodnutt (Thomas) Scholarship, 41
Zoology, Courses in, 74-79
Map of College and Key
1
1A
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Parrish Hall
Parrish Hall Annex
Hall Gymnasium
Sharpies Pool
Martin Building
Pierre S. duPont Science Building
Beardsley Hall
Trotter Hall
Arts Center
Hicks Hall
Bartol Foundation
Friends Meeting House
Whittier House
Professors’ Residences
Woolman House
Présidents House
Robinson House
Cunningham House
Somerville Student Center
Willets Dormitory
Worth Dormitory
Bond Memorial and Class Lodges
Benjamin West House
College Library and Friends Historical
Library
24 Tennis Courts
25 Cunningham Field
26
Pennsylvania Railroad Station
27
Palmer Hall
Pittenger Hall
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Roberts Hall
Storage
Mary Lyon Dormitories
Hydraulic Laboratory
Clothier Fields
Lamb-Miller Field House
35
Heating Plant
36
Employees’ Houses
Phi Beta Psi Fraternity Lodge
Delta Upsilon Fraternity Lodge
Phi Sigma Kappa Fraternity Lodge
Tau Alpha Omicron Fraternity Lodge
Kappa Sigma Pi Fraternity Lodge
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
l6 l
Wbarton Hall
Sproul Observatory
Clothier Memorial
Scott Outdoor Auditorium
Scott Foundation Building
Ashton House
Service Building
Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall
Library (proposed site)
Health Center (proposed site)
(pian o f the grounds
Swarthmore (College
Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1964-1965
A digital archive of the Swarthmore College Annual Catalog.
1964 - 1965
176 pages
reformatted digital